EP1952998B1 - Ink-jet recording device - Google Patents
Ink-jet recording device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- EP1952998B1 EP1952998B1 EP08001909A EP08001909A EP1952998B1 EP 1952998 B1 EP1952998 B1 EP 1952998B1 EP 08001909 A EP08001909 A EP 08001909A EP 08001909 A EP08001909 A EP 08001909A EP 1952998 B1 EP1952998 B1 EP 1952998B1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- recording medium
- ink
- undercoating liquid
- semi
- liquid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 514
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 claims description 351
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 claims description 204
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 157
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 156
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 570
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 142
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 111
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 107
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 77
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 63
- -1 oxetane compound Chemical class 0.000 description 60
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 42
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 35
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 34
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 22
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 21
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000002966 varnish Substances 0.000 description 12
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical class C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229960000834 vinyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 10
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- PESYEWKSBIWTAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopenta-1,3-diene;titanium(2+) Chemical class [Ti+2].C=1C=C[CH-]C=1.C=1C=C[CH-]C=1 PESYEWKSBIWTAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 9
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012860 organic pigment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- PSGCQDPCAWOCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4,7,7-trimethyl-3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl) prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(OC(=O)C=C)CC1C2(C)C PSGCQDPCAWOCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butoxymethyl]-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CC)(CO)CO WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-prop-2-enoyloxyhexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical class C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical class OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical class CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001346 alkyl aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000008365 aromatic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001642 boronic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000004581 coalescence Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004386 diacrylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000664 diazo group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[*] 0.000 description 4
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- XDWRKTULOHXYGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(ethenoxy)-2,2-bis(ethenoxymethyl)propane Chemical compound C=COCC(COC=C)(COC=C)COC=C XDWRKTULOHXYGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CZAVRNDQSIORTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2,2-bis(ethenoxymethyl)butane Chemical compound C=COCC(CC)(COC=C)COC=C CZAVRNDQSIORTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UFCZZIQUJXFBFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[Ti](C)C1C=CC=C1 Chemical compound C[Ti](C)C1C=CC=C1 UFCZZIQUJXFBFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 3
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical class C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N endo-cyclopentadiene Natural products C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940052303 ethers for general anesthesia Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 3
- 235000019239 indanthrene blue RS Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 3
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical group C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YXIWHUQXZSMYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzothiazole-2-thiol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(S)=NC2=C1 YXIWHUQXZSMYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KHUFHLFHOQVFGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminoanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2N KHUFHLFHOQVFGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAYXUHPQHDHDDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCOCCO OAYXUHPQHDHDDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COBPKKZHLDDMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCOCCOCCO COBPKKZHLDDMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XFEJHTOVNZKSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;propanoic acid Chemical compound CCC(O)=O.OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO XFEJHTOVNZKSKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KSLLMGLKCVSKFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,12-dihydroquinolino[2,3-b]acridine-6,7,13,14-tetrone Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(=O)C(C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N1)=C1C2=O KSLLMGLKCVSKFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Para-Xylene Chemical group CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinacridone Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=C1C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3NC1=C2 NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007754 air knife coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- PGEHNUUBUQTUJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthanthrone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=C4C=CC=C5C(=O)C6=CC=C1C2=C6C3=C54 PGEHNUUBUQTUJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000005235 azinium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MYONAGGJKCJOBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzimidazol-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(=O)N=C21 MYONAGGJKCJOBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo-alpha-pyrone Natural products C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000001671 coumarin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004775 coumarins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007766 curtain coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl phthalate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PPSZHCXTGRHULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxazine Chemical compound O1ON=CC=C1 PPSZHCXTGRHULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002845 discoloration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007765 extrusion coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007756 gravure coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- UHOKSCJSTAHBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N indanthrone blue Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=C4NC5=C6C(=O)C7=CC=CC=C7C(=O)C6=CC=C5NC4=C3C(=O)C2=C1 UHOKSCJSTAHBSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Natural products OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindolin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NCC2=C1 PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCC2=C1 GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BSIHWSXXPBAGTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoviolanthrone Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=CC=C3C(C4=C56)=CC=C5C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C6=CC=C4C4=C3C2=C1C=C4 BSIHWSXXPBAGTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002605 large molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- IIPYXGDZVMZOAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium nitrate Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O IIPYXGDZVMZOAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002932 luster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- DGBWPZSGHAXYGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N perinone Chemical compound C12=NC3=CC=CC=C3N2C(=O)C2=CC=C3C4=C2C1=CC=C4C(=O)N1C2=CC=CC=C2N=C13 DGBWPZSGHAXYGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006267 polyester film Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001289 polyvinyl ether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- LLBIOIRWAYBCKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyranthrene-8,16-dione Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=CC=C3C=C4C5=CC=CC=C5C(=O)C5=C4C4=C3C2=C1C=C4C=C5 LLBIOIRWAYBCKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYNROBRQIVCIQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole-5,6-dione Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(=O)C(=O)N=C21 FYNROBRQIVCIQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N thioindigo Chemical compound S\1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C/1=C1/C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 JOUDBUYBGJYFFP-FOCLMDBBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005627 triarylcarbonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylolethane Chemical compound OCC(C)(CO)CO QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940124543 ultraviolet light absorber Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000012463 white pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- PGSHZSDDBWTHDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC(=O)C(C)=NOS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 PGSHZSDDBWTHDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRUDPRFGMHTPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)ON=C(C)C(C)=O MRUDPRFGMHTPFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKCKRZWCOYHBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) benzoate Chemical compound CC(=O)C(C)=NOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SKCKRZWCOYHBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFFCVOSCPLKMLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxobutan-2-ylideneamino) propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)ON=C(C)C(C)=O JFFCVOSCPLKMLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQLZSJJJXHJANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-oxopentan-2-ylideneamino) acetate Chemical compound CCC(=O)C(C)=NOC(C)=O HQLZSJJJXHJANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVPBBTJXIKFICP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (7-aminophenothiazin-3-ylidene)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(=[NH2+])C=C2SC3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 PVPBBTJXIKFICP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MJYFYGVCLHNRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2-trifluoroethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OC(F)(F)CF MJYFYGVCLHNRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPHWXFINOWXMDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-bis(ethenoxy)hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC(OC=C)OC=C GPHWXFINOWXMDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGXVUIBINWTLNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-tris(ethenoxy)propane Chemical compound C=COCC(OC=C)COC=C CGXVUIBINWTLNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVOMRRWJQOJMPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-trithiane Chemical compound C1CSSSC1 BVOMRRWJQOJMPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SKYXLDSRLNRAPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-trifluoro-5-methoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC(F)=C(F)C=C1F SKYXLDSRLNRAPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXHDVRATSGZISC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenoxy)ethane Chemical compound C=COCCOC=C ZXHDVRATSGZISC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXSVCBDMOGLGFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenoxy)propane Chemical compound C=COC(C)COC=C LXSVCBDMOGLGFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940015975 1,2-hexanediol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YHMYGUUIMTVXNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dihydrobenzimidazole-2-thione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(S)=NC2=C1 YHMYGUUIMTVXNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWZJGRDWJVHRDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(ethenoxy)butane Chemical compound C=COCCCCOC=C MWZJGRDWJVHRDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYUWIMGIHNMKSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-chloroethoxy)-2-ethenoxyethane Chemical compound ClCCOCCOC=C DYUWIMGIHNMKSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYMDJPGTQFHDSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)-2-ethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOC=C AYMDJPGTQFHDSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNMYKPSSIFZORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)butane Chemical compound CCCCOCCOC=C UNMYKPSSIFZORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRIINBPYPJEAHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OC1(C(O)=O)CCCCC1C(O)=O VRIINBPYPJEAHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLWGMEDURRDUPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(ethenoxymethyl)-4-methylcyclohexane Chemical compound CC1CCC(COC=C)CC1 KLWGMEDURRDUPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCVHEVPSMITDCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-3-ethenylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 MCVHEVPSMITDCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOVCUELHTLHMEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-4-ethenylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 QOVCUELHTLHMEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNJRKFKAFWSXSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-2-ethenoxyethane Chemical compound ClCCOC=C DNJRKFKAFWSXSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEWSCXZLUPKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-ethenoxybutane Chemical compound ClCCCCOC=C PNEWSCXZLUPKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SAMJGBVVQUEMGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)ethane Chemical compound C=COCCOCCOC=C SAMJGBVVQUEMGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWCLMKDWXUGDKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2-ethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOCCOC=C HWCLMKDWXUGDKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXZPMXGRNUXGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2-methoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC=C GXZPMXGRNUXGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxybutane Chemical compound CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LAYAKLSFVAPMEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxydodecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC=C LAYAKLSFVAPMEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIMKRVLJPMYKID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxynonane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCOC=C MIMKRVLJPMYKID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAVHPQLVZUALTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COC=C HAVHPQLVZUALTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVGRCEFMXPHEBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxypropane Chemical compound CCCOC=C OVGRCEFMXPHEBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWSDKZHEJAHBPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-(2-ethylhexyl)benzene Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 UWSDKZHEJAHBPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHUZSRRCICJJCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 XHUZSRRCICJJCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NTNWNMJBZYLXDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-hexylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCCCC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 NTNWNMJBZYLXDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZHGRUMIRATHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-methylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 JZHGRUMIRATHIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKHPZPZWJZQGQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-octylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 VKHPZPZWJZQGQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYAOHDYNSBNYPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-propylbenzene Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 CYAOHDYNSBNYPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRFNSWBVXHLTCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy]benzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 GRFNSWBVXHLTCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHFHDVDXYKOSKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 WHFHDVDXYKOSKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCNAQVGAHQVWIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-hexylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCCCC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 LCNAQVGAHQVWIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAJRSHJHFRVGMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-methoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 UAJRSHJHFRVGMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLRQDIVVLOCZPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-octylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 HLRQDIVVLOCZPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVTGQMLRTKFKAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-propylbenzene Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 VVTGQMLRTKFKAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLPJNCYCZORXHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-morpholin-4-ylprop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound C=CC(=O)N1CCOCC1 XLPJNCYCZORXHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- FTVFPPFZRRKJIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-amine Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N)CC(C)(C)N1 FTVFPPFZRRKJIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CISIJYCKDJSTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dichloroethenylbenzene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=CC1=CC=CC=C1 CISIJYCKDJSTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTSBFVMVQZLXTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-diethylhexane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)(CC)C(O)O PTSBFVMVQZLXTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZZVAVMGKRNEAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropane-1,3-diol;3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO.OCC(C)(C)C(O)=O CZZVAVMGKRNEAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUGOMSLRUSTQGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-di(prop-2-enoyloxy)propyl prop-2-enoate Chemical class C=CC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C PUGOMSLRUSTQGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNIPJYFZGXJSDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,5-triphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class C1=CC=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 RNIPJYFZGXJSDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJWDJIVISLUQQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethylpentane-1,5-diol Chemical compound OCC(C)CC(C)CO ZJWDJIVISLUQQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQDBORJXHYJUIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-bromophenyl)-2-[2-(2-bromophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazol-2-yl]-4,5-diphenylimidazole Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC=C1C1(C2(N=C(C(=N2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)Br)N=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 BQDBORJXHYJUIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYSSRTPFZFYMLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(3-methoxyphenyl)imidazol-2-yl]-4,5-bis(3-methoxyphenyl)imidazole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C(=NC(N=2)(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)Cl)C2(N=C(C(=N2)C=2C=C(OC)C=CC=2)C=2C=C(OC)C=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)Cl)C=2C=C(OC)C=CC=2)=C1 MYSSRTPFZFYMLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBOJZXLCJZDBKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazol-2-yl]-4,5-diphenylimidazole Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1C1(C2(N=C(C(=N2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)Cl)N=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 GBOJZXLCJZDBKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WULAHPYSGCVQHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCOC=C WULAHPYSGCVQHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYQVIILSLSOFDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methylphenyl)-2-[2-(2-methylphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazol-2-yl]-4,5-diphenylimidazole Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C1(C2(N=C(C(=N2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C)N=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 GYQVIILSLSOFDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNHQLSVILKHZNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-nitrophenyl)-2-[2-(2-nitrophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazol-2-yl]-4,5-diphenylimidazole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1(C2(N=C(C(=N2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)[N+]([O-])=O)N=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 FNHQLSVILKHZNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJVNVNLFZQFJHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-phenylmethoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCC1=CC=CC=C1 LJVNVNLFZQFJHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-phenylmethoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CSC(C=2C=C(OCC=3C=CC=CC=3)C=CC=2)=N1 OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIUSRIAANRCPGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(ethenoxymethyl)oxolane Chemical compound C=COCC1CCCO1 UIUSRIAANRCPGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFCQDOVPMUSZMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Naphthalenethiol Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S)=CC=C21 RFCQDOVPMUSZMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OADIZUFHUPTFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-ethylhexoxy)ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COCCOCCO OADIZUFHUPTFAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAEVWDZKMBQDEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-methoxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound COC(C)COC(C)COC(C)CO WAEVWDZKMBQDEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBNDGEZENJUBCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethyl]butanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O LBNDGEZENJUBCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSKYSDCYIODJPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)(CO)CO DSKYSDCYIODJPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBYMUDUGTIKLCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroethenylbenzene Chemical compound ClC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 SBYMUDUGTIKLCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001340 2-chloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001731 2-cyanoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C#N 0.000 description 1
- IELQNQLDZIHBPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenoxy-1-ethoxy-1-methoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC(OC)COC=C IELQNQLDZIHBPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGYJSURPYAAOMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenoxy-2-methylpropane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC=C PGYJSURPYAAOMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUIWJRYTWUGOOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC=C VUIWJRYTWUGOOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUELSYYMNDBLHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenoxyethylbenzene Chemical compound C=COCCC1=CC=CC=C1 OUELSYYMNDBLHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVQHODUGKTXKQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-2-methylhexane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(C)(CC)C(O)O WVQHODUGKTXKQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLGDWWCZQDIASO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1-(7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]hepta-1,3,5-trien-2-yl)-2-phenylethanone Chemical class OC(C(=O)c1cccc2Oc12)c1ccccc1 NLGDWWCZQDIASO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- FLFWJIBUZQARMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-mercapto-1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(S)=NC2=C1 FLFWJIBUZQARMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTHJQRHPNQEPAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethenylbenzene Chemical compound COC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 CTHJQRHPNQEPAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTOVVHWKPVSLBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylprop-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)=CC1=CC=CC=C1 BTOVVHWKPVSLBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMFHUEMLVAIBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 FMFHUEMLVAIBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CUZKCNWZBXLAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylmethoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOCC1=CC=CC=C1 CUZKCNWZBXLAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,6-diamino-10-methylacridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(N)C=C2[N+](C)=C(C=C(N)C=C3)C3=CC2=C1 KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGUISJWNHSGWTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-hydroxypropyl)-4-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethyl]phthalic acid Chemical compound CC(O)CC1=C(CCOC(=O)C(C)=C)C=CC(C(O)=O)=C1C(O)=O HGUISJWNHSGWTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCAHUFWKIQLBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-methoxypropoxy)propan-1-ol Chemical compound COCCCOCCCO QCAHUFWKIQLBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSSAWHFZNWVJEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(ethenoxymethyl)heptane Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC=C DSSAWHFZNWVJEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWTYTFSSTWXZFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroprop-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound ClCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 IWTYTFSSTWXZFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEBRPXLXYCFYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbut-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 CEBRPXLXYCFYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZTHJQCDAHYOPIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbut-2-en-2-ylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)=C(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZTHJQCDAHYOPIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACRSJMISSHCALU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbuta-1,3-dienylbenzene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 ACRSJMISSHCALU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IICCLYANAQEHCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-3',6'-dihydroxy-2',4',5',7'-tetraiodospiro[2-benzofuran-3,9'-xanthene]-1-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(C(=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2Cl)Cl)=C2C21C1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1OC1=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 IICCLYANAQEHCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGNGWHSBYQYVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(dimethylamino)benzaldehyde Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 BGNGWHSBYQYVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBGGFXOXUIDRJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butoxyphenol Chemical compound CCCCOC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 MBGGFXOXUIDRJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWTBRYBHCBCJEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-phenyldiazenylnaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]phenol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1N=NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 FWTBRYBHCBCJEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMBNQNDUEFFFNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethenoxybutan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCCOC=C HMBNQNDUEFFFNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-butyl Chemical group [CH2]CCCO SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRDSGWXWQNSQAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-diazo-n-phenylcyclohexa-2,4-dien-1-amine Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=C1C=CC=CC1NC1=CC=CC=C1 ZRDSGWXWQNSQAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002799 BoPET Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000298 Cellophane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002160 Celluloid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005749 Copper compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001174 Diethylhydroxylamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004566 IR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPKSPKHJBVJUKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-phenylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC1=CC=CC=C1 NPKSPKHJBVJUKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000772415 Neovison vison Species 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182556 Polyacetal Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triphenylene Natural products C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPQRMIPRAHPPNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [(1-oxo-1-phenylpropan-2-ylidene)amino] acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)ON=C(C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DPQRMIPRAHPPNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNZDJSGUWLGTLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [(1-oxo-1-phenylpropan-2-ylidene)amino] benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C(C)=NOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZNZDJSGUWLGTLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMOONIIMQBGTDU-VOTSOKGWSA-N [(e)-2-bromoethenyl]benzene Chemical compound Br\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 YMOONIIMQBGTDU-VOTSOKGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MAHXNHGMCSURBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[2-(dimethylamino)benzoyl]phenyl]-[2-(dimethylamino)phenyl]methanone Chemical class CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)N(C)C)C=C1 MAHXNHGMCSURBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZVQCMJNVPIDEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]CN(CC)CC Chemical group [CH2]CN(CC)CC MZVQCMJNVPIDEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010669 acid-base reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine orange free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3C=C21 DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001251 acridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940023020 acriflavine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008360 acrylonitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004848 alkoxyethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004849 alkoxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiocyanate Chemical compound [NH4+].[S-]C#N SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003667 anti-reflective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony atom Chemical compound [Sb] WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 1
- CIZVQWNPBGYCGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenediazonium Chemical class N#[N+]C1=CC=CC=C1 CIZVQWNPBGYCGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoquinolinylidene Natural products C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXHPPCXNWTUNSB-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl(trimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KXHPPCXNWTUNSB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NENAMKMSJOINIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yl) 4-[3,4-bis(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-ylperoxycarbonyl)benzoyl]benzene-1,2-dicarboperoxoate Chemical compound C1=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=C1 NENAMKMSJOINIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITXCLKMRLHBUEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylbutan-2-yl) 4-[3,4-bis(2-methylbutan-2-ylperoxycarbonyl)benzoyl]benzene-1,2-dicarboperoxoate Chemical compound C1=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CC)=C1 ITXCLKMRLHBUEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGWAFVKXCAQAGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpentan-2-yl) 4-[3,4-bis(2-methylpentan-2-ylperoxycarbonyl)benzoyl]benzene-1,2-dicarboperoxoate Chemical compound C1=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CCC)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CCC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CCC)C(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)CCC)=C1 YGWAFVKXCAQAGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- MPMBRWOOISTHJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MPMBRWOOISTHJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006226 butoxyethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000490 cinnamyl group Chemical group C(C=CC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001880 copper compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940120693 copper naphthenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SEVNKWFHTNVOLD-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;3-(4-ethylcyclohexyl)propanoate;3-(3-ethylcyclopentyl)propanoate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CCC1CCC(CCC([O-])=O)C1.CCC1CCC(CCC([O-])=O)CC1 SEVNKWFHTNVOLD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000001896 cresols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003950 cyclic amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VSSAZBXXNIABDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylmethanol Chemical class OCC1CCCCC1 VSSAZBXXNIABDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000058 cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- FOTKYAAJKYLFFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decane-1,10-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCCO FOTKYAAJKYLFFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LXCYSACZTOKNNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethoxy(oxo)phosphanium Chemical compound CCO[P+](=O)OCC LXCYSACZTOKNNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940028356 diethylene glycol monobutyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FVCOIAYSJZGECG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CCN(O)CC FVCOIAYSJZGECG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XHFGWHUWQXTGAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylamine hydrochloride Natural products CNC(C)C XHFGWHUWQXTGAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQDGSYLLQPDQDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CNC IQDGSYLLQPDQDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPWFPZBFBFHIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium 4-[(4-methyl-2-sulfophenyl)diazenyl]-3-oxidonaphthalene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C)=CC=C1N=NC1=C(O)C(C([O-])=O)=CC2=CC=CC=C12 VPWFPZBFBFHIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YMRYNEIBKUSWAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ditert-butyl benzene-1,3-dicarboperoxoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)OOC(C)(C)C)=C1 YMRYNEIBKUSWAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L erythrosin B Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2OC2=C(I)C([O-])=C(I)C=C21 IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940011411 erythrosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004174 erythrosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012732 erythrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AZDCYKCDXXPQIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxymethylbenzene Chemical compound C=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 AZDCYKCDXXPQIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIUZXWXXSCLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxymethylcyclohexane Chemical compound C=COCC1CCCCC1 BIUZXWXXSCLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIWXSTHGICQLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC=C UIWXSTHGICQLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003055 glycidyl group Chemical group C(C1CO1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003760 hair shine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FHKSXSQHXQEMOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CCCCC(O)CO FHKSXSQHXQEMOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000852 hydrogen donor Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001023 inorganic pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003698 laser cutting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011133 lead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005641 methacryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Chemical group [CH2]OC1=CC=CC=C1 HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPHUYCIKFIKENX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-ethenylbenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C=C MPHUYCIKFIKENX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl vinyl ether Chemical compound COC=C XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- BZFWSDQZPYVFHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethyl-4-methylsulfanylaniline Chemical compound CSC1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 BZFWSDQZPYVFHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKTNLYAAZKKMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[bis(dimethylamino)phosphinimyl]-n-methylmethanamine Chemical compound CN(C)P(=N)(N(C)C)N(C)C GKTNLYAAZKKMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002902 organometallic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxetane Chemical group C1COC1 AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)C1 JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxyphenol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- FZUGPQWGEGAKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N parbenate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 FZUGPQWGEGAKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- HVAMZGADVCBITI-UHFFFAOYSA-M pent-4-enoate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC=C HVAMZGADVCBITI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QSGNIZYSOOADSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N penta-1,4-dienylbenzene Chemical compound C=CCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 QSGNIZYSOOADSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003018 phosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000016 photochemical curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- CLYVDMAATCIVBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pigment red 224 Chemical compound C=12C3=CC=C(C(OC4=O)=O)C2=C4C=CC=1C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C4=CC=C3C1=C42 CLYVDMAATCIVBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940099800 pigment red 48 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FSDNTQSJGHSJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine-4-carbonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1CCNCC1 FSDNTQSJGHSJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium thiocyanate Chemical compound [K+].[S-]C#N ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940116357 potassium thiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003847 radiation curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007870 radical polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043267 rhodamine b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940081623 rose bengal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930187593 rose bengal Natural products 0.000 description 1
- STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N rose bengal A Natural products O1C(=O)C(C(=CC=C2Cl)Cl)=C2C21C1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1OC1=C(I)C(O)=C(I)C=C21 STRXNPAVPKGJQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009751 slip forming Methods 0.000 description 1
- APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium docusate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003464 sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052714 tellurium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellurium atom Chemical compound [Te] PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L terephthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=C(C([O-])=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HPBNICVODIHXKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 4-ethenylbenzoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 HPBNICVODIHXKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005979 thermal decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004897 thiazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioxanthen-9-one Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950003937 tolonium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNONEKILPDHFOL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tolonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(C)C(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 HNONEKILPDHFOL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQFBYFPFKXHELB-VAWYXSNFSA-N trans-chalcone Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 DQFBYFPFKXHELB-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILJSQTXMGCGYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(=O)CC(O)=O ILJSQTXMGCGYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWBHRVGYSMBMIO-UHFFFAOYSA-M tributylstannanylium;acetate Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)OC(C)=O PWBHRVGYSMBMIO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003732 xanthenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- INRGAWUQFOBNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N {4-[(Vinyloxy)methyl]cyclohexyl}methanol Chemical compound OCC1CCC(COC=C)CC1 INRGAWUQFOBNKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J11/00—Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form
- B41J11/0015—Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form for treating before, during or after printing or for uniform coating or laminating the copy material before or after printing
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B41—PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
- B41J—TYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
- B41J11/00—Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form
- B41J11/0015—Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form for treating before, during or after printing or for uniform coating or laminating the copy material before or after printing
- B41J11/002—Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating
- B41J11/0021—Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating using irradiation
- B41J11/00214—Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating using irradiation using UV radiation
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an ink-jet recording device which records images on a recording medium by ejecting ink droplets from an ink-jet head.
- One method of forming images on a recording medium involves image formation by ejecting ink droplets from an ink-jet head.
- Image recording devices which use an ink-jet head include, for example, the ink-jet recording device described in JP 2003-11341 A which employs an ink-jet recording method that entails printing an active light-curable compound-containing ink onto a recording medium by an ink-jet technique, then curing the ink.
- image formation is carried out with inks of two or more colors. After all of the ink required for image formation has been ejected onto the recording medium, the image is irradiated with active light for up to 10 seconds.
- JP 2003-11341 A also notes that any multi-channel ink-jet head known in the art may be used as the ink-jet head.
- JP 2004-42525 A describes an ink-jet printer which has an ink-jet head that ejects onto a recording medium an ink which is curable by irradiation with active light, and has means for coating onto a recording medium by a technique other than an ink-jet technique a white ink that is curable by irradiation with active light.
- the printer is capable of continuously carrying out coating of the white ink and printing with the ink-jet head.
- JP 2004-42525 A also describes an ink-jet printer which further includes a first irradiating means that irradiates active light for curing the white ink after the white ink has been coated onto the recording medium, and a second irradiating means that irradiates active light for curing the ink after the ink has been ejected onto the recording medium.
- Methods that may be used for coating the white ink onto the recording medium include methods that involve spray coating, roll coating, gravure coating, air knife coating, extrusion coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating and felt coating.
- JP 2004-42525 A by initially coating a white ink onto the surface of the recording medium, i.e., by initially forming a surface layer on the surface of the recording medium, then ejecting ink onto the recording medium on which the surface layer has been formed so as to form an image, it is possible to form an image having a good visibility even on translucent recording media, recording media having a low lightness and metal surfaces.
- JP 2004-42525 A by employing a method other than one using an ink-jet head to coat white ink onto the recording medium, a surface layer without conspicuous streaks can be formed in an even shorter period of time than when an ink-jet head is used.
- JP 2004-42525 A Although it is possible with the device described in JP 2004-42525 A to form an image having a good legibility even on translucent recording media, recording media having a low degree of lightness and metal surfaces, disruptions may occur in the images formed on the recording medium coated with white ink, making it impossible to record high-resolution images.
- the color of the recording medium may vary from position to position thereon and areas where the liquid has penetrated may appear to be wet even after the liquid has been dried or cured.
- Such variations in the color of the recording medium and the presence of areas on the recording medium that appear to be wet also lower the quality of images formed on the recording medium. Problems of this sort are especially acute when recording media that are readily permeable to liquids are used.
- an ink-jet recording device comprising:
- the drive unit rotates the coating roll so as to satisfy a condition 0.5 ⁇ W/V ⁇ 5.0, where V is a velocity of travel in millimeters per second by the recording medium when passing through a position in proximity to the undercoating liquid applying means and W is a circumferential velocity in millimeters per second of the coating roll.
- the coating roll preferably has on a surface thereof recessed features which retain the undercoating liquid.
- the ink-jet recording device further comprises positioning means which is disposed upstream or downstream or both upstream and downstream of the coating roll and on a side of the recording medium opposite to a side to be coated with the undercoating liquid, and which supports the recording medium from the side opposite to the side to be coated with the undercoating liquid.
- the undercoating liquid be a liquid which cures on exposure to active energy rays
- the device further comprise undercoating liquid semi-curing means which is disposed on a downstream side of the undercoating liquid applying means in the direction of travel by the recording medium, and which irradiates with active energy rays the undercoating liquid coated onto the recording medium so as to semi-cure the undercoating liquid coated onto the recording medium.
- a travel distance X and a travel velocity V preferably satisfy a relation X ⁇ 5V, where X is the travel distance in millimeters that the recording medium is transported by the transport means from an undercoating liquid applying position where the undercoating liquid applying means applies the undercoating liquid to an irradiation position where the undercoating liquid is irradiated with the active energy rays emitted by the undercoating liquid semi-curing means, and V is the velocity of travel in millimeters per second by the recording medium between the undercoating liquid applying position and the irradiation position owing to the transport means.
- the ink-jet recording device further comprises shielding means which is disposed between the undercoating liquid applying means and the undercoating liquid semi-curing means, and shields against the active energy rays which are irradiated from the undercoating liquid semi-curing means toward the undercoating liquid applying means.
- the ink ejected from the ink-jet head be an ink which cures on exposure to the active energy rays
- the image forming means further have image curing means which irradiates with the active energy rays the image formed on the recording medium and thereby cures the ink constituting the image.
- the image forming means have at least two ink-jet heads which eject inks of differing colors
- the ink-jet recording device further comprise ink semi-curing means which is disposed between the at least two ink-jet heads, and semi-cures ink constituting an image formed by one of the at least two ink-jet heads disposed upstream from the ink semi-curing means in the direction of travel by the recording medium.
- the undercoating liquid preferably includes a radical-polymerizable composition.
- an undercoating liquid can be rapidly and uniformly coated onto the surface of a recording medium. That is, there can be provided an ink-jet recording device which is capable of forming on a recording medium an undercoat having a low surface roughness, thus enabling the high-speed creation of prints obtained by recording high-resolution images on various recording media.
- the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium is semi-cured, enabling a high-resolution image to be formed on the recording medium.
- undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the surface of a recording medium can be prevented from penetrating the recording medium, making it possible to prevent color irregularities, gloss unevenness and haze at the surface of the recording medium.
- ink bleed by the ink droplets that have been ejected from the ink-jet head and deposited on the recording medium can be effectively prevented, making it possible to increase the image uniformity between various recording media and suppress problems such as non-uniform linewidth and color irregularities that arise due to the intermingling of droplets.
- the present invention can provide an ink-jet recording device which is able, regardless of the type of recording medium, to generate high-resolution and high-quality prints.
- Another advantage obtainable with embodiments of the invention is to provide an ink-jet recording device which, in addition to the foregoing object, is able to form high-resolution images on recording media, regardless of the particular type of recording medium.
- a further advantage obtainable with embodiments of the invention is to provide an ink-jet recording device which resolves the above-described problems in the existing art, which is able to form high-resolution images on various types of recording media, and which is capable of creating high-resolution and high-quality prints.
- FIG. 1 is a front view showing, in simplified form, an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device 10 according to the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a simplified sectional view of the vicinity of a coating roll 60 and a drive unit 62 in an undercoat forming section 13 of the ink-jet recording device 10 shown in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 3 is a simplified perspective view of the vicinity of the coating roll 60 and a positioning unit 68 in the undercoat forming section 13 of the ink-jet recording device 10 shown in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 4 is a top view of a recording head unit 46 and UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C, 52M of the ink-jet recording device 10 shown in FIG. 1 .
- active light-curable ink-jet recording devices which use an ultraviolet light-curable ink (UV-curable ink) as the active light-curable ink (also referred to as “active energy ray-curable ink”) that cures under irradiation with active light (also referred to as “active energy rays”) are described as embodiments.
- UV-curable ink ultraviolet light-curable ink
- active energy ray-curable ink active energy ray-curable ink
- active energy rays active light-curable ink-jet recording devices which various types of active light-curable inks are used.
- the ink-jet recording device 10 has a transport section 12 which transports a recording medium P, the undercoat forming section 13 which coats an undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, an undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 which semi-cures the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium P, a support section 15 disposed opposite a path of travel by the recording medium P which is transported by the transport section 12, an image recording section 16 which is supported by the support section 15 and which records an image on the recording medium P, an image fixing section 18 which is supported by the support section 15 and which fixes the image recorded on the recording medium P, and a control unit 20 which controls the ejection of ink droplets from the image recording section 16.
- An input unit 22 is connected to the control unit 20 of the ink-jet recording device 10.
- the input unit 22 may be an image reading unit such as a scanner or any of various types of devices which transmit image data, including image processing devices such as a personal computer. Any of various connection methods, whether wired or wireless, may be used to connect the input unit 22 and the control unit 20.
- the transport section 12 which has a feed roll 30, a transport roll 32, a transport roller pair 34 and a recovery roll 36, feeds, transports and recovers the recording medium P.
- the feed roll 30 has a web-type recording medium P wrapped thereon in the form of a roll, and feeds the recording medium P.
- the transport roll 32 is disposed on the downstream side of the feed roll 30 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, and transports the recording medium P that has been let out from the feed roll 30 to the downstream side in the direction of travel.
- the transport roller pair 34 is a pair of rollers which are disposed on the downstream side of the transport roll 32 in the travel path of the recording medium P and which grip therebetween the recording medium P that has passed around the transport roll 32 and transport it to the downstream side in the direction of travel.
- the recovery roll 36 is disposed the furthest downstream on the travel path of the recording medium P.
- the recovery roll 36 takes up the recording medium P which has been fed from the feed roll 30, has been transported by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34, and has passed through positions facing the subsequently described undercoat forming section 13, undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14, image recording section 16 and image fixing section 18.
- transport roll 32, the transport roller pair 34 and the recovery roll 36 are connected to drive units (not shown) and rotated by the drive units.
- the transport roll 32 is disposed above the feed roll 30 in a vertical direction, and at a position farther from the recovery roll 36 than from the feed roll 30 in a horizontal direction. Moreover, the transport roll 32, the transport roller pair 34 and the recovery roll 36 are disposed linearly in a direction parallel to the horizontal direction.
- the transport section 12 transports the recording medium P upward while inclined at a given angle with respect to the vertical direction toward the side away from the recovery roll 36, following which the transport section 12 changes the direction of travel by the recording medium P at the transport roll 32 so that, after the recording medium P has passed the transport roll 32, it is transported horizontally toward the recovery roll 36.
- the recording medium P after the recording medium P has been let out from the feed roll 30, it is moved in an upwardly inclined direction with the surface on which images are to be recorded facing downward.
- the recording medium P After passing around the transport roll 32, the recording medium P is moved in a horizontal direction with the surface on which images are to be recorded facing upward.
- the undercoat forming section 13 is situated between the feed roll 30 and the transport roll 32; that is, on the downstream side of the feed roll 30 and on the upstream side of the transport roll 32 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P.
- the undercoat forming section 13 has the coating roll 60 for coating an undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, a drive unit 62 which drives the coating roll 60, a reservoir 64 which supplies the undercoating liquid to the coating roll 60, a blade 66 which adjusts the amount of undercoating liquid picked up by the coating roll 60, and the positioning unit 68 which supports the recording medium P so that the recording medium P assumes a predetermined position relative to the coating roll 60.
- the coating roll 60 is disposed between the feed roll 30 and the transport roll 32 so as to be in touching contact with the surface of the recording medium P on which images are to be formed. That is, the coating roll 60 is in touching contact with the downwardly facing surface of the recording medium P being transported from the feed roll 30 to the transport roll 32.
- the coating roll 60 which is a roll that is longer than the width of the recording medium P, is a so-called gravure roller on the surface (peripheral face) of which recessed features are formed at fixed, i.e., uniform, intervals.
- the shapes of the recessed features formed on the coating roll 60 are not subject to any particular limitation. Any of various shapes may be used, including round, rectangular, polygonal or star-like shapes. Alternatively, the recessed features may be formed as grooves extending over the entire circumference of the coating roll.
- the drive unit 62 has a motor 76, and first and second gears 78a and 78b which transmit rotation by the motor 76 to the coating roll 60.
- the first gear 78a is mounted on a shaft 60a of the coating roll 60
- the second gear 78b is mounted on a rotary shaft 76a of the motor 76.
- the respective gears rotate together with the respective shafts.
- the first gear 78a and the second gear 78b are disposed at positions where the teeth on one gear mesh with the teeth on the other gear.
- the drive unit 62 causes the motor 76 to rotate, in turn causing the second gear 78b mounted on the rotary shaft 76a to rotate, which rotation is transmitted to the first gear 78a.
- Rotation of the first gear 78a causes the shaft 60a having the first gear 78a mounted thereon, and in turn the coating roll 60, to rotate.
- the drive unit 62 thus rotates the coating roll 60.
- the drive unit 62 is not limited to the present embodiment. Any of various other drive mechanisms may instead be used to rotate the coating roll 60, including pulley driving, belt driving and direct driving.
- the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P at the contact point therebetween (i.e., in the clockwise direction in FIG. 1 ). This will be explained later.
- the reservoir 64 has a dish-like shape open at the top, and holds at the interior thereof the undercoating liquid.
- the reservoir 64 is disposed underneath and adjacent to the coating roll 60, such that a portion of the coating roll 60 is immersed in the undercoating liquid held within the reservoir 64.
- the undercoating liquid is fed to the reservoir 64 from a feed tank (not shown).
- the blade 66 is disposed so as to be in touching contact with the surface of the coating roll 60. More specifically, the blade 66 is disposed, in the direction of rotation by the coating roll 60, on the downstream side of the reservoir 64 and on the upstream side of the recording medium P.
- the blade 66 comes into contact with a portion of the coating roll 60 that has been immersed in the reservoir 64, before that portion comes into contact with the recording medium P.
- the blade 66 scrapes off that portion of the undercoating liquid picked up by the coating roll 60 when immersed in the reservoir 64 which is not needed, thereby setting the quantity of undercoating liquid adhering to the coating roll 60 to a fixed amount. Specifically, except for the undercoating liquid retained in the recessed features formed on the surface of the coating roll 60, the blade 66 scrapes off undercoating liquid adhering to other portions of the coating roll 60. That is, the blade 66 scrapes off undercoating liquid adhering to areas of the coating roll 60 other than the recessed features (i.e., surplus undercoating liquid).
- the undercoating liquid retained in the portion of the coating roll 60 which comes into contact with the recording medium P can in this way be limited to only the undercoating liquid retained in the recessed features, thus enabling the amount of undercoating liquid which comes into contact with the recording medium P to be made constant.
- the positioning unit 68 has a first positioning roll 70 and a second positioning roll 72, and supports the recording medium P in such a way as to ensure that the recording medium P comes into contact with the coating roll 60 at a specific position. That is, the positioning unit 68 sets the travel path of the recording medium P where the coating roll 60 and the recording medium P come into contact to a specific position.
- the first positioning roll 70 is situated on the opposite side of the recording medium P from the side where images are to be formed (i.e., the side to be coated with undercoating liquid) and, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, between the feed roll 30 and the coating roll 60.
- the second positioning roll 72 is situated on the opposite side of the recording medium P from the side where images are to be formed and, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, between the coating roll 60 and the transport roll 32.
- the first and second positioning rolls 70 and 72 are each situated on the opposite side of the recording medium P from the coating roll 60 and, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, on either side of the coating roll 60; that is, one is situated on the upstream side, and the other is situated on the downstream side, of the coating roll 60.
- These first and second positioning rolls 70 and 72 support the recording medium P from the side of the recording medium P opposite to the side on which images are to be formed.
- a first bearing 74a which supports the shaft 60a of the coating roll 60 is in contact with a second bearing 74b which supports the shaft of the first positioning roll 70.
- the first bearing 74a is in contact with a third bearing 74c which supports the shaft of the second positioning roll 72.
- the bearings have been placed in mutual contact.
- the invention is not limited in this regard. That is, use may be made of any arrangement in which members that individually support, respectively, the coating roll 60 and the first and second positioning rolls 70 and 72 are placed in mutual contact.
- an arrangement may be used wherein fixing members which fix in place the bearings are placed in mutual contact.
- the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P.
- the surface of the rotating coating roll 60 comes into touching contact with the blade 66, thereby setting the amount of undercoating liquid retained on the surface to a fixed amount, then comes into contact with the recording medium P, thereby coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P.
- undercoat a layer of undercoating liquid that has been smoothened and has a good, even, coating surface state can be formed on the recording medium P. This is explained in greater detail later.
- the coating roll 60 which has come into contact with the recording medium P is further rotated and again immersed within the undercoating liquid in the reservoir 64.
- the undercoat forming section 13 by rotating the coating roll 60 and coating the undercoating liquid onto the surface of the recording medium P, forms an undercoat on the surface of the recording medium P.
- the undercoating liquid semi-cuxing section 14 has a UV lamp and is disposed so as to face the travel path of the recording medium P.
- the UV lamp is a light source which emits ultraviolet light. Examples of UV light sources that may -be used include metal halide lamps and high-pressure mercury vapor lamps.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 irradiates the entire width of the recording medium P which passes through a position opposed thereto with UV light.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 exposes to UV light the recording medium P which has been coated on the surface with the undercoating liquid and passes through a position opposed thereto, thereby rendering the undercoating liquid coated onto the surface of the recording medium P into a semi-cured state. That is, the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 renders the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium P into a semi-cured state.
- the term "semi-cured” as used herein signifies partial curing, and refers to the undercoating liquid in a partially cured, i.e., an incompletely cured, state.
- the degree of curing may be non-uniform; preferably, the degree of curing proceeds in the depth direction of the undercoating liquid.
- the undercoating liquid which is semi-cured is an undercoating liquid which forms an undercoat.
- radical polymerization tends to be inhibited at the surface of the undercoating liquid.
- semi-curing is non-uniform, there being a tendency for curing to proceed at the interior of the undercoating liquid and to be delayed at the surface.
- the undercoating liquid partially photocures, enabling the degree of cure of the undercoating liquid to be higher at the interior than at the exterior.
- the degree of cure in the undercoating liquid is likewise possible for the degree of cure in the undercoating liquid to be made higher at the interior than at the exterior by using this cationic-polymerizable undercoating liquid under humid conditions that have a cationic polymerization-inhibiting effect so as to induce partial photocuring.
- the semi-curing of the undercoating liquid i.e., the undercoat formed of undercoating liquid on the recording medium
- the undercoating liquid i.e., the undercoat formed of undercoating liquid on the recording medium
- high-density areas obtained by depositing about 12 pL of liquid ink (that is, droplets of ink) on the undercoating liquid in a semi-cured state having a thickness of about 5 ⁇ m that has been provided on a recording medium P are described below.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink droplets have been deposited onto a semi-cured undercoating liquid.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B are schematic sectional views of recording media where ink droplets have been deposited onto an undercoating liquid that is in an uncured state
- FIG. 6C is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink droplets have been deposited onto an undercoating liquid that is in a completely cured state.
- the degree of cure on the recording medium P side is higher than the degree of cure at the surface layer.
- three features are observable. That is, as shown in FIG. 5 , when ink d is deposited as droplets on a semi-cured undercoating liquid U, (1) a portion of the ink d emerges at the surface of the undercoating liquid U, (2) a portion of the ink d lies within the undercoating liquid U, and (3) the undercoating liquid is present between the bottom side of the ink d and the recording medium P.
- the undercoating liquid U When the ink d is deposited on the undercoating liquid U, if the undercoating liquid U and the ink d satisfy the above states (1), (2) and (3), the undercoating liquid U can be regarded as being in a semi-cured state.
- the droplets of ink d i.e., the ink droplets
- the ink droplets which have been deposited to a high density mutually connect, forming a film of the ink d (i.e., an ink film or ink layer), and thus providing a uniform and high color density.
- the quantity of regions where the undercoating liquid (i.e., the undercoat) is uncured per unit surface area is preferably smaller, and more preferably substantially smaller, than the maximum quantity of droplets of ink applied per unit surface area.
- the relationship between the weight M u (also referred to as M undorcoating liquid ) of uncured regions of the undercoat per unit surface area and the maximum weight m i (also referred to as mink) of the ink ejected per unit surface area preferably satisfies the condition (m i /30) ⁇ M u ⁇ m i , more preferably satisfies the condition (m i /20) ⁇ M u ⁇ (m i /3), and most preferably satisfies the condition (m i /10) ⁇ M u ⁇ (m i /5).
- the "maximum weight of the ink ejected per unit surface area" refers to the maximum weight per color.
- the weight of uncured regions of the undercoating liquid per unit surface area is determined by a transfer test. Specifically, after completion of the semi-curing step (e.g., after exposure to active energy rays) and before deposition of the ink droplets, a permeable medium such as plain paper is pressed against the undercoating liquid which is in a semi-cured state, and the amount of the undercoating liquid that transfers to the permeable medium is determined by weight measurement. The measured value is defined as the weight of the uncured regions of the undercoating liquid.
- the maximum weight m i of the ink ejected per unit surface area becomes 0.04 g/cm 2 (assuming the density of the ink is about 1.1 g/cm 3 ).
- the weight M u per unit surface area of uncured regions of the undercoating liquid is preferably greater than 0.0013 g/cm 2 but less than 0.04 g/cm 2 , more preferably greater than 0.002 g/cm 2 but less than 0.013 g/cm 2 , and most preferably greater than 0.004 g/cm 2 but less than 0.008 g/cm 2 .
- the support section 15 which has a body plate 38 and a head plate 40, supports the image recording section 16 and the image fixing section 18.
- the body plate 38 is a plate-like member which is situated between the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34, and is parallel to and spaced at a given interval from the travel path of the recording medium P. In other words, the body plate 38 is disposed at a position facing the side of the recording medium P transported by the transport section 12 on which images are to be recorded (also referred to below as the "image recording side").
- the body plate 38 has openings 38a formed therein at positions facing respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K in the subsequently described image recording section 16, and has openings 38b formed therein at positions opposite respective UV irradiators 54 and 54a in the subsequently described image fixing section 18.
- the head plate 40 which has a plate member 40a and legs 40b, is disposed on the opposite side of the body plate 38 from the side where the recording medium P is located and is coupled to the body plate 38.
- the plate member 40a is arranged at a given interval on the opposite side of the body plate 38 from the recording medium P side, and holds the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of the subsequently described image recording section 16.
- the legs 40b are situated at the four corners of the plate member 40a, and are coupled to the body plate 38.
- the image recording section 16 has a recording head unit 46 and ink tanks 50.
- the recording head unit 46 has the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K.
- the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are arranged in this order from the upstream side to the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. Moreover, the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are held by the head plate 40. Also, the tips of the respective ink ejection portions are disposed so as to face the path of travel by the recording medium P; that is, so as to face the recording medium P which is transported over the travel path by the transport section 12 (also referred to below as simply "facing the recording medium P").
- the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are full-line, piezoelectric ink-jet heads in which a plurality of orifices (nozzles, ink ejection portions) are arranged at fixed intervals throughout in a direction perpendicular to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, that is, over the entire width of the recording medium P.
- These recording heads are connected to the subsequently described control unit 20 and the ink tanks 50.
- the amount of ink droplets ejected by the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K and the ejection timing of the droplets are controlled by the control unit 20.
- a color image can be formed on the recording medium P by ejecting inks of various colors-special color (X), yellow (Y), cyan (C), magenta (M) and black (K)--from the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y,-48C, 48M and 48K toward the recording medium P while at the same time having the transport section 12 transport the recording medium P.
- X special color
- Y yellow
- C cyan
- M magenta
- K black
- the recording heads are piezoelectric (piezo) elements.
- piezo piezoelectric
- the invention is not limited in this regard. Any of various types of systems may be used in place of a piezo system, such as a thermal jet system which uses a heating element such as a heater to heat the ink and generate bubbles. In this latter system, the pressure of the bubbles propels the droplets of ink.
- any of various inks such as white, orange, violet or green ink may be used as the special colored ink discharged from the recording head 48X.
- the inks ejected from the recording heads in the present embodiment are UV-curable inks.
- the ink tanks 50 are provided for the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K.
- the respective ink tanks 50 store inks of various colors for the recording heads, and supplies the stored inks to the corresponding recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K.
- a tabular platen 56 is disposed at a position facing the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K on the side of the recording medium P where images will not be formed.
- the platen 56 supports the recording medium P which is transported through positions facing the respective recording heads from the side of the recording medium P on which images will not be formed; that is, from the opposite side of the recording medium P to that on which the recording head unit 46 is disposed. In this way, the distance between the recording medium P and the respective recording heads can be made constant, enabling high-resolution images to be formed on the recording medium P.
- the shape of the platen 56 is not limited to a flat plate, and may have a raised, curved surface shape on the recording head side.
- the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are disposed at fixed distances from the platen.
- the image fixing section 18, which has the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C and 52M, and a final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a, irradiates UV light onto the image formed on the recording medium P by the recording head unit 46, thereby semi-curing or curing the image (that is, the ink), and thus fixing the image.
- the ink signifies partial curing, and refers to a state where the liquid ink (i.e., ink, colored liquid) is in a partially cured, but not a completely cured, state.
- the degree of cure may be non-uniform; preferably, the degree of curing proceeds in the depth direction of the ink liquid.
- the ink that is to be semi-cured is in the form of ink droplets which land on the undercoat or recording medium and form an ink layer.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where a second ink d b has been deposited onto a semi-cured first ink d a .
- FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic sectional views of recording media where droplets of the second ink d b have been deposited onto the first ink d a that is in an uncured state
- FIG. 8C is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where droplets of the second ink d b have been deposited onto the first ink d a that is in a completely cured state.
- the "semi-cured state" of the first ink d a is similar to the above-described semi-cured state of the undercoating liquid. As shown in FIG. 7 , this is a state where, when the second ink d b is deposited as droplets onto the first ink d a , (1) a portion of the second ink d b emerges at the surface of the first ink d a , (2) a portion of the second ink d b lies within the first ink d a , and (3) the first ink d a is present below the second ink d b .
- a cured film (colored film A) of the first ink d a and a cured film (colored film B) of the second ink d b can be suitably superimposed, enabling good color reproduction to be achieved.
- the second ink d b is deposited as droplets on the first ink d a with the latter in an uncured state, either or both of the following occurs: all of the second ink d b lies within the first ink d a as shown in FIG. 8A ; a state arises where, as shown in FIG. 8B , the first ink d a is not present below the second ink d b , In this case, even when the second ink d b is applied to a high density, the droplets are independent of each other, causing the color saturation of the secondary color to decrease.
- the quantity of regions where the first ink d a is uncured per unit surface area is preferably smaller, and more preferably substantially smaller, than the maximum quantity of droplets of the second ink d b applied thereon per unit surface area.
- the relationship between the weight M da (also referred to as M ink A ) of uncured regions of the first ink d a layer per unit surface area and the maximum weight m db (also referred to as m ink B ) of the second ink d b ejected thereon per unit surface area preferably satisfies the condition (m db / 30) ⁇ M da ⁇ m db , more preferably satisfies the condition (m db /20) ⁇ M da ⁇ (m db /3), and most preferably satisfies the condition (m db /10) ⁇ M da ⁇ (m db /5) .
- the weight of the uncured regions of the first ink d a per unit surface area is determined by a transfer test. Specifically, after completion of the semi-curing step (e.g., after exposure to active energy rays) and before deposition of the droplets of the second ink d b , a permeable medium such as plain paper is pressed against the layer of the first ink d a which is in a semi-cured state, and the quantity of the first ink d a that transfers to the permeable medium is determined by weight measurement. The measured value is defined as the weight of the uncured regions of the ink liquid.
- the maximum weight m db of the second ink d b ejected per unit surface area becomes 0.04 g/cm 2 (assuming the density of the second ink d b to be about 1.1 g/cm 3 ).
- the weight M da per unit surface area of uncured regions of the first ink d a layer is preferably greater than 0.0013 g/cm 2 but less than 0.04 g/cm 2 , more preferably greater than 0.002 g/cm 2 but less than 0.013 g/cm 2 , and most preferably greater than 0.004 g/cm 2 but less than 0.008 g/cm 2 .
- the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C and 52M are disposed on the opposite side of the body plate 38 from the recording medium P, and on the downstream sides of the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C and 48M along the travel path of the recording medium P.
- the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a is disposed on the opposite side of the body plate 38 from the recording medium P, and on the downstream side of the recording head 48K along the travel path of the recording medium P. That is, the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a is positioned on the downstream side of the recording head situated the furthest downstream of all the recording heads along the travel path of the recording medium P.
- the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K, the respective UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C and 52M, and the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a are disposed in the following order, from the upstream to the downstream side of the travel path: recording head 48X, UV irradiation unit 52X, recording head 48Y, UV irradiation unit 52Y, recording head 48C, UV irradiation unit 52C, recording head 48M, UV irradiation unit 52M, recording head 48K, final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a.
- the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C and 52M and the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a differ only in the size of the units and the target to be irradiated with UV light. Specifically, the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C and 52M cure the images formed by the respective recording heads, whereas the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a differs only in that it irradiates higher intensity light than the other UV irradiation units so as to reliably cure both the undercoating liquid coated onto the recording medium P and images of all the respective inks.
- the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a has the same basic construction as the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C and 52M, the description given below for the UV irradiation unit 52X applies collectively to all of the above UV irradiation units, including the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a.
- the UV irradiation unit 52X has two UV irradiators 54.
- the UV irradiators 54 are disposed serially in a straight line in the width direction of the recording medium P.
- the UV irradiation unit 52X irradiates the entire width of the recording medium P with UV light from the two UV irradiators 54.
- the UV irradiators 54 have UV lamps and are disposed on the opposite side of the body plate 38 from the recording medium P so as to face the travel path by the recording medium P.
- the UV lamps are ultraviolet light-emitting light sources which face the recording medium P side and irradiate the recording medium P with UV light.
- Examples of UV lamps which may be used for this purpose include various UV light sources, such as metal halide lamps and high-pressure mercury vapor lamps.
- the UV lamps are situated at positions which face the openings 38b in the body plate 38. UV light emitted from the UV lamps passes through the openings 38b and reaches the recording medium P.
- the control unit 20 is connected to the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of the recording head unit 46 and, using image data sent from the input unit 22 as the image recording signals, controls ink ejection/non-ejection by the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 4BC, 48M and 48K so as to form images on the recording medium P.
- FIGS. 9A to 9D are views schematically showing steps of forming an image on a recording medium, respectively.
- the recording medium P having been let out from the feed roll 30 is transported in a specified direction (direction "Y" in FIG. 1 ) by rotation of the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34.
- the recording medium P in this embodiment is a web with a certain length or more and is transported without being cut.
- the recording medium P having been let out from the feed roll 30 comes into contact with the coating roll 60 of the undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoating liquid is applied onto the surface thereof to form an undercoat U.
- the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. More specifically, the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate in the direction in which the surface portion where a fixed amount of the undercoating liquid is applied by immersion in the reservoir 64 comes into contact with the recording medium P from the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. In other words, the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate so that the direction of movement of the coating roll 60 surface and the direction of travel of the recording medium P are opposite to each other at the position where the coating roll 60 contacts the recording medium P.
- the recording medium P on which the undercoat U has been formed by application of the undercoating liquid is further transported by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34 of the transport section 12 and passes through the position facing the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 irradiates with ultraviolet light, the recording medium P onto which the undercoating liquid has been applied and which is passing through the position facing the section 14, thereby semi-curing the undercoat U on the recording medium P.
- the recording medium P having thereon the semi-cured undercoating liquid is further transported by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34 of the transport section 12 and passes through the position facing the recording head 48X.
- the recording head 48X ejects ink droplets from its ejection orifices to form an image on the recording medium P which is being transported by the transport section 12 and passing through the position opposed thereto.
- the recording head 48X ejects a first ink droplet d1 onto the recording medium P.
- the first ink droplet d1 ejected from the recording head 48X is deposited onto the surface of the undercoat U.
- the undercoat U is in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d1.
- the recording head 48X ejects a second ink droplet d2 in proximity to the position where the previously ejected first ink droplet d1 was deposited.
- the undercoat U is also in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d2.
- Ink droplets are thus ejected from the recording head 48X in accordance with the control by the control unit 20 and deposited onto the recording medium P to form an image.
- the recording medium P having the image formed by the recording head 48X is further transported by the transport section 12 and passes through the position facing the UV irradiation unit 52X disposed downstream from the recording head 48X.
- the UV irradiation unit 52X irradiates the recording medium P passing through the position opposed thereto with ultraviolet light to semi-cure the image formed by the recording head 48X on the recording medium P, that is, semi-cure only the interiors of the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium P.
- the recording medium P is further transported and passes in order through the positions facing the recording head 48Y, the UV irradiation unit 52Y, the recording head 48C, the UV irradiation unit 52C, the recording head 48M, the UV irradiation unit 52M, and the recording head 48K, respectively.
- the recording medium P passed through the positions facing the recording head 48X and its corresponding UV irradiation unit 52X formation of an image and semi-curing of the formed image are performed each time the recording medium P passes through the positions facing the recording head of each color and its corresponding UV irradiation unit.
- the recording medium P passes through the position facing the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a.
- the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a irradiates the recording medium P with more intense ultraviolet light than the other UV irradiation units to cure the whole of the images on the recording medium P formed by the various recording heads including the image recorded by the recording head 48K as well as the undercoating liquid.
- a color image is thus formed on the recording medium P.
- the recording medium P having the color image formed thereon is further transported by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34 to be taken up onto the recovery roll 36.
- the ink-jet recording device 10 thus forms images on the recording medium P.
- the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium can be prevented from permeating the recording medium to cause image blurring, thus enabling a high-resolution image to be formed. It also becomes possible to use a recording medium which has a low adhesion to ink droplets, namely, may repel ink droplets having been deposited thereonto. In other words, image recording on various recording media becomes possible.
- the undercoat U having an improved surface state can be formed on the recording medium P. That is, by rotating the coating roll 60 in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, disruption of the surface of the undercoating liquid on the recording medium P when the coating roll 60 separates from the recording medium P after having applied undercoating liquid to the recording medium P can be prevented, enabling the undercoat U having a smooth surface and a low surface roughness to be formed on the recording medium P.
- the surface of the undercoat can be given a smooth shape in this way, it is possible to prevent the visibility at the surface of the recording medium, and more precisely at the surface of the undercoat, from varying with position; that is, even when a white liquid is used as the undercoating liquid, it is possible to prevent the recording medium from being perceived as changing color with position and from being perceived as hazy. By thus preventing color irregularities and haze from arising in the recording medium, prints of a high resolution and a high quality can be produced.
- the undercoating liquid can be coated at a high speed, enabling productivity to be increased and also making it possible to simplify the device configuration while reducing the cost.
- the undercoating liquid When a high viscosity liquid is used as the undercoating liquid, in a system where, for example, the liquid is ejected from an ink-jet head, because ejection as droplets is difficult and clogging of the ejection orifices tends to arise, evenly and uniformly coating the recording medium is a challenge. Moreover, owing to the high viscosity, the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium does not readily yield a low surface roughness with the passage of time; i.e., it does not easily flatten under its own weight after being coated. Hence, it has been difficult to use high-viscosity liquids as the undercoating liquid, and especially to form high-resolution images using such high-viscosity liquids.
- the undercoating liquid can be uniformly coated onto the recording medium P, thus enabling an undercoat having a low surface roughness to be formed.
- a roll to carry out such coating, it is possible to carry out the coating operation at a high speed.
- a high-viscosity liquid as the undercoating liquid enables the recording medium selectivity to be further increased. That is, recording media made of materials having various surface energies can be used as the recording medium.
- an undercoat having a low surface roughness can be formed, enabling high-resolution images to be formed on various types of recording media. Moreover, because an undercoat can be rapidly formed on the recording medium, it is possible to produce prints at higher speeds.
- the undercoating liquid has a viscosity of preferably at least 10 mPa ⁇ s but not more than 500 m p a ⁇ s, and more preferably at least 50 mPa ⁇ s but not more than 300 mPa ⁇ s.
- undercoating liquid viscosity of at least 10 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably at least 50 mPa ⁇ s, as noted above, it is possible to coat the undercoating liquid onto even a recording medium to which liquid does not readily adhere.
- the drive unit 62 to rotate the coating roll 60 in such a way as to satisfy the condition 0.5 ⁇ W/V ⁇ 5.0.
- V denotes the velocity of travel (velocity of movement) in millimeters per second (mm/s) by the recording medium P when passing through a position where it comes into contact with the coating roll 60, i.e., the velocity of travel by the recording medium P between the feed roll 30 and the transport roll 32
- W denotes the circumferential velocity in millimeters per second (mm/s) of the coating roll 30.
- the undercoating liquid can be efficiently coated.
- the W/V ratio it is even more preferable for the W/V ratio to satisfy the condition 1.0 ⁇ W/V ⁇ 3.0.
- the velocity at which the recording medium P is transported by the transport section is at least 200 mm/s but not more than 600 mm/s. In this way, high-resolution images can be efficiently formed on the recording medium. Moreover, prints can be produced at a high speed. That is, a large amount of recording medium can be printed in a short time.
- the coating roll a roll in which recessed features have been formed at fixed intervals in the surface, that is, by using a gravure roll, the amount of undercoating liquid retained on the surface of the coating roll in areas that come into contact with the recording medium P can be made constant, allowing a fixed amount of undercoating liquid to be coated onto the recording medium, and thus enabling more even formation of the undercoat on the recording medium.
- the amount of undercoating liquid coated onto the recording medium can be more reliably held constant, enabling the undercoat to be more evenly formed on the recording medium.
- the coating roll be given a shape in which recessed features are formed on the surface at fixed intervals.
- the invention is not limited in this regard; that is, use may also be made of a coating roll which does not have recessed features formed on the surface.
- the recording medium P can be prevented from shifting out of the desired position where it comes into contact with the coating roll 60. That is, the transport path by the recording medium P can be prevented from changing, the positional relationship between the coating roll 60 and the recording medium P can be stabilized, and the undercoating liquid coated by the coating roll 60 onto the recording medium P can be made more uniform.
- the migration of ink droplets can be prevented in cases where ink droplets ejected from the recording heads are deposited in close proximity on the recording medium, such as when ink droplets of a single color having portions which mutually overlap are deposited on a recording medium or even when ink droplets of different colors having portions which mutually overlap are deposited on a recording medium.
- the ink droplets on the recording medium can be prevented from getting out of shape, enabling a high-resolution image to be formed.
- the unpolymerization ratio (i.e., A after polymerization /A before polymerization ) is preferably at least 0.2 but not more than 0.9, more preferably at least 0.3 but not more than 0.9, and most preferably at least 0.5 but not more than 0.9.
- a before polymerization is the infrared absorption peak absorbance attributable to polymerizable groups before the polymerization reaction
- a after polymerization is the infrared absorption peak absorbance attributable to polymerizable groups after the polymerization reaction.
- the polymerizable compound included in the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is an acrylate monomer or a methacrylate monomer
- absorption peaks based on polymerizable groups acrylate groups, methacrylate groups
- the above unpolymerization ratio is preferably defined in terms of the absorbances of these peaks.
- the polymerizable compound is an oxetane compound
- an absorption peak based on polymerizable groups (oxetane rings) can be observed near 986 cm -1 .
- the above unpolymerization ratio is thus preferably defined in terms of the absorbance of this peak.
- the polymerizable compound is an epoxy compound
- an absorption peak based on the polymerizable groups (epoxy groups) can be observed near 750 cm -1 .
- the above unpolymerization ratio is preferably defined in terms of the absorbance of this peak.
- a commercial infrared spectrophotometer may be used as the means for measuring the infrared absorption spectrum.
- the spectrophotometer may be either a transmission-type or reflection-type system. Suitable selection according to the form of the sample is preferred. Measurement may be carried out using, for example, an FTS-6000 infrared spectrophotometer manufactured by Bio-Rad.
- the unpolymerization ratio may be quantitatively measured from the percent conversion of ethylenically unsaturated groups or cyclic ether groups.
- the method used to semi-cure the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is exemplified by known thickening methods, e.g., (1) methods that use an agglomerating effect, such as by furnishing a basic compound to an acidic polymer or by furnishing an acidic compound and a metal compound to a basic polymer; (2) methods wherein the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is prepared beforehand at a high viscosity, then the viscosity is lowered by adding thereto a low-boiling organic solvent, after which the low-boiling organic solvent is evaporated so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; (3) methods in which the undercoating liquid and/or the ink prepared at a high viscosity is first heated, then is cooled so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; and (4) methods in which the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by exposing the undercoating liquid and/or the in
- Methods in which the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by exposing the undercoating liquid and/or the ink to active energy rays or heat refers herein to methods in which the polymerization reaction on polymerizable compounds at the surface of the undercoating liquid and/or the ink furnished to the recording medium is carried out incompletely.
- the polymerization reaction tends to be inhibited by the influence of oxygen present in air. Therefore, by controlling the conditions of exposure to active energy rays or heat, it is possible to trigger the reaction for semi-curing the undercoating liquid and/or the ink.
- the amount of energy required to semi-cure the undercoating liquid and/or the ink varies with the type and content of polymerization initiator.
- an amount of about 1 to about 500 mJ/cm 2 is generally preferred.
- the energy is applied as heat, from 0.1 to 1 second of heating under temperature conditions where the surface temperature of the recording medium falls within a temperature range of 40 to 80°C is preferred.
- active energy rays or heat such as with active rays or heating, promotes the generation of active species by decomposition of the polymerization initiator.
- the increase in active species or the rise in temperature promotes the curing reaction through polymerization or crosslinking of polymerizable or crosslinkable materials induced by the active species.
- a thickening may also be suitably carried out by exposure to active rays or by heating.
- the inner layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets has a viscosity at 25°C of preferably at least 5,000 mPa ⁇ s.
- the surface layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets has a viscosity at 25°C of preferably at least 100 mPa ⁇ s but not more than 5,000 mPa ⁇ s.
- the viscosity at 25°C of the inner layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets is preferably at least 1.5 times, more preferably at least 2 times, and even more preferably at least 3 times, the viscosity at 25°C of the surface layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets.
- the undercoat and/or ink droplets can be suitably semi-cured.
- the degree of polymerization by polymerizable compounds at the surface of the semi-cured undercoating liquid (undercoat) and/or the ink droplets is preferably at least 1% but not more than 70%, more preferably at least 5% but not more than 60%, and even more preferably at least 10% but not more than 50%.
- the degree of polymerization may be measured by a suitable technique such as infrared spectroscopy.
- the undercoat can be suitably semi-cured.
- the UV irradiation unit so as to include a plurality of linearly arrayed UV irradiators as in the present embodiment, i.e., in such a way that the recording medium is irradiated over its entire width with UV light by a plurality of UV irradiators, the regions that are UV-irradiated by the respective UV irradiators can be made smaller, enabling the use of low-cost light sources as the UV lamps, and also making it possible to use low-cost drive mechanisms.
- the cost of the ink-jet recording device can be reduced in this way.
- the UV irradiators are linearly arrayed as straight lines which are perpendicular to the direction of travel by the recording medium.
- UV irradiators may be used in the undercoating liquid semi-curing section.
- the UV lamps in the UV irradiators may be linearly arrayed on straight lines perpendicular to the direction of travel by the recording medium, or may be arrayed in a staggered arrangement on a plurality of parallel straight lines perpendicular to the direction of travel.
- the UV irradiation unit corresponding to the recording head disposed on the furthest downstream side serves as the final UV irradiation unit for curing and, because it emits higher intensity UV light than the other UV irradiation units, has the ability to reliably cure images that have been formed on the recording medium.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section and/or UV irradiation units may also be provided with shutters which open and close and are capable of shielding out UV light that is irradiated on the side of the recording medium P.
- UV light By providing a shutter and shielding out UV light that is irradiated, more UV light than necessary can be prevented from leaking to the recording medium P side, thus making it possible to prevent the recording heads from being irradiated by UV light reflected by the recording medium P and to prevent ink in the recording heads from curing. Moreover, by providing a shutter, it is possible to switch between UV light irradiation and non-irradiation without turning on and off the light sources such as UV lamps.
- UV irradiators 54 It is also desirable to subject regions in the vicinity of the UV irradiators 54 to antireflective treatment (e.g., black, delustering treatment).
- antireflective treatment e.g., black, delustering treatment
- the portion of the recording medium P which comes into contact with the coating roll in the undercoat forming section is transported with the side on which images are to be formed facing downward.
- the invention is not limited in this regard.
- an ink-jet recording device 80 in which the recording medium P has a linear travel path.
- An undercoat forming section 82 of the ink-jet recording device 80 is configured so that a blade 86 comes into touching contact with the surface of a coating roller 84 on a recovery roll 36 side thereof (i.e., the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P), thereby causing undercoating liquid to accumulate in a space that is formed above the area of touching contact between the coating roller 84 and the blade 86 (which space is referred to below as a "reservoir 88").
- a drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 84 to rotate in the opposite direction to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. If necessary, the undercoating liquid is supplied from a feed tank (not shown) to the reservoir 88.
- the coating roll 84 in the undercoat forming section 82 passes through the reservoir 88 and a predetermined amount of undercoating liquid is retained on the surface thereof, following which the coating roll 84 comes into contact with the surface of the recording medium P and applies the undercoating liquid onto the surface of the recording medium P.
- the ink-jet recording device 80 is also able, by causing the coating roll 84 to rotate in the opposite direction to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, to form on the recording medium P the undercoat U having an improved surface state. That is, the undercoat U having a low surface roughness can be formed on the recording medium P, thereby enabling the formation of high-resolution images.
- the undercoating liquid reservoir 88 is provided above the coating roll 84 as in the present embodiment, by having the blade 86 come into touching contact with the coating roll 84, the leakage of undercoating liquid from the reservoir 88 can be prevented, thus making it possible to prevent more undercoating liquid than necessary from being coated onto the recording medium P.
- a UV irradiation unit was positioned at each of the recording heads.
- the present invention is not limited in this regard. To illustrate, in an alternative arrangement, a single UV irradiation unit may be disposed for a plurality of recording heads.
- an image fixing section 91 only includes a final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a.
- an undercoat forming section 13 coats an undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, following which an undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 exposes the top of the recording medium P to UV light, thereby semi-curing the undercoating liquid.
- an image is formed on the recording medium P by recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K, subsequent to which the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a exposes the top of the recording medium P to UV light, causing the image and the undercoating liquid to cure.
- the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a exposes the top of the recording medium P to UV light, causing the image and the undercoating liquid to cure.
- the recording head unit has recording heads of a total of five colors consisting of a special color (X) and yellow (Y), cyan (C), magenta (M)and black (K).
- X special color
- Y yellow
- C cyan
- M magenta
- K magenta
- the recording heads of the respective colors may be disposed in any order without any particular limitation.
- an ink-jet recording device being an embodiment of the invention may be one which uses a single recording head to form an image on the recording medium, then irradiates the image with UV.light to form a single-color image.
- the invention is not limited in this regard. It is possible to completely cure the undercoating liquid applied onto the recording medium, then eject ink droplets onto the recording medium (more precisely, onto the cured undercoat) so as to form an image. Alternatively, ink droplets may be ejected onto the recording medium (more precisely, onto the undercoat) without first curing the undercoating liquid applied onto the recording medium, so as to form an image, then irradiated with active light so as to cure both the image areas and the undercoat on the recording medium at the same time.
- the undercoat U having an improved surface state can be formed on the recording medium P, thus enabling high-resolution images to be obtained.
- the method of semi-curing the undercoating liquid (undercoat) and/or ink is not limited to the above-described method.
- Other methods that may be used for this purpose include known thickening methods, such as methods that use an agglomerating effect, such as by furnishing a basic compound to an acidic polymer or by furnishing an acidic compound and a metal compound to a basic polymer; methods wherein the undercoating liquid (ink) is prepared beforehand to a high viscosity, then the viscosity is lowered by adding thereto a low-boiling organic solvent, after which the low-boiling organic solvent is evaporated so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; methods in which the undercoating liquid (ink) prepared at a high viscosity is first heated, then is cooled so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; and methods in which the undercoating liquid (ink) is semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by applying heat to the undercoating liquid (ink).
- an active ray-curable undercoating liquid and active ray-curable inks were used as the undercoating liquid and inks, and curing was effected by irradiating the undercoating liquid and inks with active rays.
- the invention is not limited in this regard. That is, use may be made of undercoating liquids and inks other than those which are active ray-curable. For example, images may be formed by means already known in the art using heat-curable inks. Likewise, a heat-curable liquid may be used as the undercoating liquid.
- FIG. 12 is a front view showing, in simplified form, an ink-jet recording device 600 being an embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 13 is an enlarged front view showing an undercoat forming section 13, an undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 and their peripheral portions in the ink-jet recording device 600 shown in FIG. 12 .
- the ink-jet recording device 600 shown in FIG. 12 is configured in the same manner as the ink-jet recording device 10 shown in FIG. 1 aside from the position where the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 is arranged, the positional relation between the undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14, and a light shielding member 602 provided.
- Like elements in both embodiments are thus denoted by the same reference symbols and repeated explanations of such elements are omitted.
- the following description focuses on the distinctive features of the ink-jet recording device 600.
- the ink-jet recording device 600 has a transport section 12 which transports the recording medium P, the undercoat forming section 13 which coats the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 which semi-cures the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium P, a support section 15 disposed opposite a path of travel by the recording medium P which is transported by the transport section 12, an image recording section 16 which is supported by the support section 15 and which records an image on the recording medium P, an image fixing section 18 which is supported by the support section 15 and which fixes the image recorded on the recording medium P, and a control unit 20 which controls the ejection of ink droplets from the image recording section 16.
- An input unit 22 is connected to the control unit 20 of the ink-jet recording device 600.
- the transport section 12 which has a feed roll 30, a transport roll 32, a transport roller pair 34 and a recovery roll 36, feeds, transports and recovers the recording medium P.
- the undercoat forming section 13 is situated between the feed roll 30 and the transport roll 32; that is, on the downstream side of the feed roll 30 and on the upstream side of the transport roll 32 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P.
- the undercoat forming section 13 has a coating roll 60 for coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, a drive unit 62 which drives the coating roll 60, a reservoir 64 which supplies the undercoating liquid to the coating roll 60, a blade 66 which adjusts the amount of undercoating liquid picked up by the coating roll 60, and a positioning unit 68 which supports the recording medium P so that the recording medium P assumes a predetermined position relative to the coating roll 60.
- each element of the undercoat forming section 13 is configured in the same manner as in the undercoat forming section 13 of the above-mentioned ink-jet recording device 10, its detailed description is omitted.
- the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P.
- the surface of the rotating coating roll 60 comes into touching contact with the blade 66, thereby setting the amount of undercoating liquid retained on the surface to a fixed amount, then comes into contact with the recording medium P, thereby coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P.
- undercoat a layer of undercoating liquid that has been smoothened and has a good, even, coating surface state can be formed on the recording medium P.
- the undercoat forming section 13 thus forms the undercoat on the surface of the recording medium P by rotating the coating roll 60 and coating the undercoating liquid onto the surface of the recording medium P.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 has a UV lamp and is disposed so as to face the travel path of the recording medium P.
- the UV lamp is a light source which emits ultraviolet light and illustrative examples that may be used include metal halide lamps, high-pressure mercury vapor lamps and various other UV light sources.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 irradiates the entire width of the recording medium P which passes through a position opposed thereto with UV light.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 irradiates with UV light the recording medium P which passes through the position opposed thereto and has the undercoating liquid applied onto the surface thereof to make the undercoating liquid applied onto the surface of the recording medium P semi-cured. In short, the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 semi-cures the undercoating liquid applied onto the recording medium P.
- the undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 are disposed at positions satisfying the relation: X ⁇ 5 ⁇ V where the length in the travel path of the recording medium P between a position C at which the undercoating liquid is applied to the recording medium P in the undercoat forming section 13 (hereinafter also referred to simply as "application position C") and a position at which ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 semi-cures the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P, in other words, a position H at which the recording medium P having the undercoating liquid applied thereto is irradiated with ultraviolet light from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 (hereinafter also referred to simply as "semi-curing position H”) is denoted by X (mm) and the velocity at which the recording medium P is transported by the transport section 12 between the application position C and the semi-curing position H is denoted by V (mm/s).
- the "application position C" as used herein is a position on the most upstream side, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, of the region where the undercoat forming section 13 applies the undercoating liquid to the recording medium P.
- the application position C is a position at which the undercoating liquid is first applied to the recording medium P transported from the feed roll 30.
- the "semi-curing position H" is, more precisely, an intermediate point, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, of the region on the recording medium P which is irradiated with ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14.
- the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P can be semi-cured before permeating it, thus preventing the undercoating liquid from permeating the recording medium P. This point is described later in further detail.
- the light shielding member 602 which is a member for blocking out ultraviolet light or other active rays is disposed on the downstream side of the transport roll 60 of the undercoat forming section 13.
- the light shielding member 602 blocks out ultraviolet light that was emitted from the UV lamp of the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 and leaked to the undercoat forming section 13 side, thereby preventing the ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 from reaching the undercoat forming section 13.
- the undercoating liquid to be applied to the recording medium P is thus prevented from being cured by the ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14.
- the undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 can be thus disposed in proximity to each other by arranging the light shielding member 602 on the downstream side of the undercoat forming section 13.
- ink-jet recording device 600 An embodiment of the ink-jet recording device of the invention is described below in further detail by referring to the operation of the ink-jet recording device 600, that is, its recording action on the recording medium P.
- FIGS. 14A to 14D are views schematically showing steps of forming an image on a recording medium, respectively.
- the recording medium P having been let out from the feed roll 30 is transported in a specified direction (direction "Y" in FIG. 14A ) by rotation of the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34.
- the recording medium P in this embodiment is a web with a certain length or more and is transported without being cut.
- the recording medium P having been let out from the feed roll 30 comes into contact with the coating roll 60 of the undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoating liquid is applied onto the surface thereof to form an undercoat U.
- the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. More specifically, the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate in the direction in which the surface portion where a fixed amount of the undercoating liquid is applied by immersion in the reservoir 64 comes into contact with the recording medium P from the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. In other words, the drive unit 62 causes the coating roll 60 to rotate so that the direction of movement of the coating roll 60 surface and the direction of travel of the recording medium P are opposite to each other at the position where the coating roll 60 contacts the recording medium P.
- the recording medium P on which the undercoat U has been formed by application of the undercoating liquid is further transported by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34 of the transport section 12 and passes through the position facing the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 irradiates with ultraviolet light, the recording medium P onto which the undercoating liquid has been applied and which is passing through the position facing the section 14, thereby semi-curing the undercoat U on the recording medium P (forming a semi-cured film).
- the travel distance X of the recording medium P between the application position C and the semi-curing position H and the travel velocity V of the recording medium P satisfy the relation: X ⁇ 5V.
- the recording medium P is irradiated with ultraviolet light on the surface having the undercoating liquid applied thereto, that is, the surface having the undercoat formed thereon.
- the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P is thus semi-cured within 5 seconds after the application.
- the undercoat U on the recording medium P is semi-cured (the semi-cured film is formed) within 5 seconds after the formation of the undercoat U.
- the recording medium P having thereon the semi-cured undercoating liquid is further transported by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34 of the transport section 12 and passes through the position facing a recording head 48X.
- the recording head 48X ejects ink droplets from its ejection orifices to form an image on the recording medium P which is being transported by the transport section 12 and passing through the position opposed thereto.
- the recording head 48X ejects a first ink droplet d1 onto the recording medium P.
- the first ink droplet d1 ejected from the recording head 48X is deposited onto the surface of the undercoat U.
- the undercoat U is in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d1.
- the recording head 48X ejects a second ink droplet d2 in proximity to the position where the previously ejected first ink droplet d1 was deposited.
- the undercoat U is also in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d2.
- Ink droplets are thus ejected from the recording,head 48X in accordance with the control by the control unit 20 and deposited onto the recording medium P to form an image.
- the recording medium P having the image formed by the recording head 48X is further transported by the transport section 12 and passes through the position facing a UV irradiation unit 52X disposed downstream from the recording head 48X.
- the UV irradiation unit 52X irradiates the recording medium P passing through the position opposed thereto with ultraviolet light to semi-cure the image formed by the recording head 48X on the recording medium P, that is, semi-cure the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium P.
- the recording medium P is further transported and passes in order through the positions facing a recording head 48Y, a UV irradiation unit 52Y, a recording head 48C, a UV irradiation unit 52C, a recording head 48M, a UV irradiation unit 52M, and a recording head 48K, respectively.
- a recording head 48Y a UV irradiation unit 52Y
- a recording head 48C a UV irradiation unit 52C
- a recording head 48M a UV irradiation unit 52M
- a recording head 48K a recording head 48K
- the recording medium P passes through the position facing a final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a.
- the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a irradiates the recording medium P with more intense ultraviolet light than the other UV irradiation units to cure the images on the recording medium P formed by the various recording heads including the image recorded by the recording head 48K as well as the undercoating liquid.
- a color image is thus formed on the recording medium P.
- the recording medium P having the color image formed thereon is further transported by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pair 34 to be taken up onto the recovery roll 36.
- the ink-jet recording device 600 thus forms images on the recording medium P.
- the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium can be prevented from permeating the recording medium to cause image blurring, thus enabling a high-resolution image to be formed. It also becomes possible to use a recording medium which has a low adhesion to ink droplets, namely, may repel ink droplets having been deposited thereonto. In other words, image recording on various recording media such as metals absorbing no ink becomes possible.
- the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P in the undercoat forming section 13 can be semi-cured in the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 within 5 seconds after the application of the undercoating liquid.
- the undercoating liquid provided (applied in this embodiment) to the recording medium can be prevented from permeating the recording medium P. More specifically, the undercoating liquid is semi-cured within 5 seconds after its application to form the semi-cured film on the recording medium, whereby the undercoating liquid can be prevented from permeating the recording medium P.
- undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P can prevent the undercoating liquid from permeating the recording medium P, thus keeping color changes from occurring from position to position on the recording medium due to permeation of the undercoating liquid into the recording medium P or portions where the liquid permeates from looking wet even after the liquid has been dried or cured. Unnecessary unevenness or gloss can be kept from occurring on the recording medium surface to enable production of higher quality prints.
- the undercoating liquid having been semi-cured within 5 seconds after its application permeates the recording medium, thus preventing gloss, color unevenness or other defects from occurring on the recording medium. Therefore, image recording on various recording media becomes possible, which will offer a high degree of selectivity for the recording medium and a capability to produce higher-resolution and higher-quality prints.
- the "highly permeable medium” as used herein refers to a recording medium in which, when an undercoating liquid or an ink composition with a volume of 10 pL was dripped on the surface (on the recording medium), it takes at least 100 ms for the whole of the dripped liquid or ink composition to permeate the recording medium.
- the relation between the travel velocity V (mm/s) and the travel distance X (mm) is adjusted by the position of the undercoat forming section 13 and the position of the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 (more specifically the position where ultraviolet light is applied), but this is not the sole case of the invention but this relation may be adjusted by the travel velocity V (mm/s).
- the semi-curing position H can also be adjusted by, for example, changing the direction in which ultraviolet light is emitted from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section.
- the transport section 12 transports the recording medium P at a travel velocity V of preferably from 200 mm/s to 600 mm/s. Within this range, high-resolution images can be formed with high efficiency on the recording medium. It becomes possible to produce prints at high speed, namely, to produce a large quantity of prints from the recording medium within a short period of time.
- the relation between the travel distance X (mm) from the application position C to the semi-curing position H, and the travel velocity V (mm/s) more preferably satisfy the relation: X ⁇ 2V.
- the travel velocity v (mm/s) and the travel distance X (mm) satisfy the above relation, the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P in the undercoat forming section 13 can be semi-cured by irradiating the recording medium P with ultraviolet light from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 within 2 seconds from the undercoating liquid application.
- the light shielding member downstream from the undercoat forming section, in other words, between the undercoat forming section and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section, ultraviolet light from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section can be prevented from being applied to the undercoat forming section, resulting in improvement in the flexibility of the layout of the undercoating liquid semi-curing section.
- the undercoat forming section and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section may be disposed in proximity to each other.
- the undercoat U with an improved surface state can be formed on the recording medium P by using the coating roll 60 as in the ink-jet recording device 10 in such a manner that the undercoating liquid is applied onto the recording medium P through its rotation in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P.
- the surface of the undercoat can be given a smooth shape in this way, it is possible to prevent the visibility at the surface of the recording medium, and more precisely at the surface of the undercoat, from varying with position; that is, even when a white liquid is used as the undercoating liquid, it is possible to prevent the recording medium from being perceived as changing color with position and from being perceived as hazy. By thus preventing color irregularities and haze from arising in the recording medium, prints of a high resolution and a high quality can be produced.
- the undercoating liquid can be coated at a high speed, enabling productivity to be increased and also making it possible to simplify the device configuration while reducing the cost.
- the ink-jet recording device 600 is not limited to the above-mentioned form but may adopt any of various forms as in the ink-jet recording device 10.
- the recording medium P is transported in the direction in which the recording medium surface which comes into contact with the coating roll in the undercoat forming section to form an image thereon faces downward.
- the recording medium P may be transported along a linear travel path as in the above-mentioned ink-jet recording device 80, because the undercoat forming section can have a simpler structure.
- the ink-jet recording device 600 by disposing UV irradiators between recording heads of the respective ink colors and curing the image areas on the recording medium each time an image is recorded at each of the recording heads, as noted above, it is possible to prevent ink of different colors from intermingling, thus enabling higher-resolution images to be formed. Accordingly, a UV irradiation unit was positioned at each of the recording heads.
- the present invention is not limited in this regard. To illustrate, in an alternative arrangement, a single UV irradiation unit may be disposed for a plurality of recording heads.
- an image fixing section 91 only includes a final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a as in the above-mentioned ink-jet recording medium 90.
- the ink-jet recording device 600 is capable of forming the undercoat U with an improved surface state on the recording medium P, so the undercoating liquid is applied onto the recording medium P by using the coating roll 60 in the undercoat forming section 13 in such a manner that the coating liquid is applied onto the recording medium P through its rotation in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P.
- undercoating liquid applying means making use of various techniques including roll coating performed by rotating the coating roll in the same direction as the direction of travel by the recording medium P, spray coating, gravure coating, air knife coating, extrusion coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, and felt coating.
- the undercoating liquid can be prevented from permeating the recording medium P, thus offering the above-mentioned various effects such as a capability to form high-resolution images on the recording medium.
- FIG. 15 is a front view showing, in simplified form, a digital label printer which uses an ink-jet recording device according to one embodiment of the invention
- FIG. 16 is a block diagram illustrating a control unit for controlling the digital label printer shown in FIG. 15
- FIG. 17 is a longitudinal sectional view of a recording medium P for printing labels such as may be used in the digital label printer shown in FIG. 15 .
- a digital label printer in the present embodiment records an image onto a web-type recording medium P for printing labels (also referred to below as simply "recording medium") at an image forming section, then makes label-shaped slits in the medium P with a die cutter in a post-treatment section.
- the printer carries out, as a subsequent step, a waste removal operation in which unnecessary portions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet are peeled from the backing sheet (peel sheet) and removed.
- an active ray curing-type digital label printer which uses a UV-curable ink as the active ray-curable ink that cures upon exposure to active rays is described by way of illustration.
- the invention is not limited in this regard, and may be applied to digital label printers which use any of various kinds of active ray-curable inks, as well as to any other type of digital label printer.
- the recording medium P used in the present embodiment has a two-layer construction composed of a peel sheet 182 as a backing sheet on which is laminated a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 coated on the back side thereof with a pressure-sensitive adhesive 180a,
- a digital label printer 100 has a transport section 110; an undercoat forming section 13; an undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14; an image forming section 112 including a support section 15, an image recording section 16 and an image fixing section 18; a post-treatment section 114; and a control unit 116.
- the transport section 110 transports the web-type recording medium P for printing labels in a fixed direction (from left to right in FIG. 15 ).
- the image forming section 112 and the post-treatment section 114 are arranged in this order in the direction of travel of the recording medium P; that is, in the upstream to downstream direction, more specifically in the order of the undercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14, the image forming section 112 and the post-treatment section 114.
- the control unit 116 is connected to the undercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14, the transport section 110, the image forming section 112 and the post-treatment section 114, and controls their respective operations.
- the transport section 110 has a feed roll 30, a transport roll 32, transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132, a product roll 134, and transport motors 128a and 134a.
- the feed roll 30 has the web-type recording medium P for printing labels wound thereon in the form of a roll.
- the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132 are arranged in this order from the upstream to the downstream side of the travel path of the recording medium P.
- the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132 let out the recording medium P from the feed roll 30, and transport the recording medium P in a given direction (in the present embodiment, from left to right in FIG. 15 ).
- the transport roll 32 changes the travel path of the recording medium P from the obliquely upward direction to the horizontal direction.
- the product roll 134 which is disposed the furthest downstream on the recording medium P travel path, i.e., in the direction of transport, takes up the recording medium P that has been transported over the travel path by the transport roll 32 and the transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132 and has passed through the undercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14, the image forming section 112, and the post-treatment section 114.
- the transport motors 128a and 134a are connected to, respectively, the transport roller pair 128 and the product roll 134, and rotatably drive the transport roller pair 128 and the product roll 134.
- the transport roller pair 128 and the product roll 134 connected to the transport motors 128a and 134a, respectively, are driven to rotate and thus serve as the drive rollers for transporting the recording medium P.
- the other transport roller pairs 126, 130 and 132 and the transport roll 32 are driven rollers which rotate with movement of the recording medium P and regulate the recording medium P on the travel path.
- the transport motors 128a and 134a rotatably drive the transport roller pair 128 and the product roll 134.
- the recording medium P is let out from the feed roll 30, passes through the undercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14, the image forming section 112, and the post-treatment section 114, and is taken up onto the product roll 134.
- a transport buffer is provided between the image forming section 112 and the post-treatment section 114.
- the transport motors 128a and 134a are connected to a subsequently described transport motor controller 195 and their rotational speeds thereby controlled. This in turn controls the speed at which the web-type recording medium P for printing labels is transported by the transport section 110.
- transport roller pairs which function as drive roller pairs.
- transport motors may be provided for all the transport roller pairs, so that all the transport roller pairs function as drive roller pairs.
- the undercoat forming section 13 includes a coating roll 60, a drive unit 62, a reservoir 64, a blade 66 and a positioning unit 68.
- the layout and function of each element of the undercoat forming section 13 are the same as those in the undercoat forming section 13 of the ink-jet recording device 10 as described above, and therefore their detailed description is omitted.
- the coating roll 60 of the undercoat forming section 13 contacts the recording medium P as it is rotated in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, whereby the undercoating liquid is applied onto the surface of the recording medium P.
- the undercoat is thus formed on the surface of the recording medium P.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 is disposed on the downstream side of the undercoat forming section 13 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P.
- the layout and function of the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 in this embodiment are the same as those of the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 of the ink-jet recording device described above and therefore their detailed description is omitted here.
- the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 semi-cures the undercoat by irradiating with ultraviolet light the recording medium P which has the undercoat formed thereon through application of the undercoating liquid and which is transported by the transport section 110 to pass through the position opposed thereto.
- the image forming section 112 includes the support section 15, the image recording section 16 and the image fixing section 18.
- the support section 15, the image recording section 16 and the image fixing section 18 are configured in the same manner as the support section 15, the image recording section 16 and the image fixing section 18 of the ink-jet recording device shown in FIG. 1 and therefore their detailed description is omitted.
- recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of a recording head unit 46 in the image recording section 16 are disposed on a head plate 40 supported by a body plate 38 of the support section 15 disposed so as to face the path of travel by the recording medium P.
- On the body plate 38 are disposed individually supported UV irradiators 54 of the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C, 52M and UV irradiators 54a of the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a.
- the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K as well as the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C, 52M are arranged, from the upstream to the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, in the following order: recording head 48X, UV irradiation unit 52X, recording head 48Y, UV irradiation unit 52Y, recording head 48C, UV irradiation unit 52C, recording head 48M, UV irradiation unit 52M, recording head 48K and final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a.
- the image forming section 112 ejects ink droplets from each of the recording heads, then cures the ink droplets on the recording medium P by applying UV light from each of the UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C, 52M and 52a, thereby forming an image.
- the post-treatment section 114 is disposed on, in the recording medium P travel direction, the downstream side of the UV irradiation unit 52a corresponding to the recording head 48K. It has a varnish coater 162 and an UV irradiator 164 for coating the image surface with a clear, active ray-curable liquid (in the present embodiment, a clear, UV-curable liquid) and improving the gloss, a die cutter 166 for making label-shaped slits in the web-type recording medium P, and a waste roll 172 for peeling off unnecessary portions of the recording medium P.
- a varnish coater 162 and an UV irradiator 164 for coating the image surface with a clear, active ray-curable liquid (in the present embodiment, a clear, UV-curable liquid) and improving the gloss
- a die cutter 166 for making label-shaped slits in the web-type recording medium P
- a waste roll 172 for peeling off unnecessary portions of the recording medium P.
- the transport buffer is provided between the UV irradiation unit 52a corresponding to the recording head 48K and the varnish coater 162.
- the varnish coater 162 is a clear liquid feeding means which feeds active rays (in this embodiment, ultraviolet light) curable clear liquid (referred to below as “active ray-curable clear liquid” or simply “clear liquid”) to the surface of the recording medium P, and which is situated on the downstream side, in the travel direction of the recording medium P, of the UV irradiation unit 52a corresponding to the recording head 48K.
- active ray-curable clear liquid in this embodiment, ultraviolet light curable clear liquid
- the varnish coater 162 has a pair of coating rolls to the surface of which adheres (on which has been impregnated) a UV-curable clear liquid, and which rotate in accordance (synchronous) with movement of the recording medium P while nipping the recording medium P, thereby coating the surface of the foil-stamped recording medium P (the side on which an image has been formed) with the UV-curable clear liquid.
- the clear liquid coated by the varnish coater 162 is an active ray-curable clear liquid which can be cured by exposure to ultraviolet light.
- exemplary clear liquids include cationic-polymerizable compositions, radical-polymerizable compositions and aqueous compositions which contain as the primary ingredients at least a polymerizable compound and a photoinitiator. The clear liquid is described in detail later in the specification.
- the UV irradiator 164 is disposed on the downstream side of the varnish coater 162 in the travel direction of the recording medium P.
- the UV irradiator 164 irradiates the surface of the recording medium P with active rays (in this embodiment, ultraviolet light), thereby curing the UV-curable clear liquid that has been coated onto the surface of the recording medium P.
- the UV irradiator 164 may have a structure in which a plurality of UV irradiators are linearly arranged as in the above-mentioned UV irradiation units.
- the UV irradiator 164 may also adopt various layouts such as the one shown in the UV irradiators 54 described above.
- the UV-curable clear liquid is coated onto the surface of the recording medium P and cured, enabling luster to be imparted to the image side of the recording medium P and making it possible to improve the image quality.
- the die cutter 166 makes slits 180b of a desired label shape in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 of a printed, web-type recording medium P for printing labels, as shown in FIG. 17 .
- the die cutter 166 is situated on the downstream side of the UV irradiator 164 in the travel direction of the recording medium P, and has a cylinder cutter 168 disposed on the image-forming side of the recording medium P and an anvil roller 170 disposed on the opposite side of the recording medium P from the cylinder cutter 168.
- the cylinder cutter 168 is composed of a cylinder 168a and a plurality of slitting blades 168b which are wound around the cylindrical surface of the cylinder 168a and are formed according to the shape and arrangement of the labels.
- the die cutter 166 while nipping the recording medium P between the cylinder cutter 168 and the anvil roller 170, undergoes an intermittently rocking rotation which is synchronous with the transport speed of the recording medium P, causing the slitting blades 168b to make label-shaped slits in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 of the recording medium P (see FIG. 17 ).
- the cylindrical surface of the cylinder 168a has a length CL in the circumferential direction which is not an integral multiple of the length LL of the labels L, that is, if the length CL in the circumferential direction of the cylindrical surface of the cylinder 168a and the length CL1 of the slitting blades 168b do not agree, there arises on the cylindrical surface of the cylinder 168a a blank portion B where the slitting blades 168b cannot be provided.
- the die cutter 166 is made to rotate with an intermittently rocking motion. In this way, as shown in FIG. 19 , the next slits 180b can be made at the trailing end of the group of labels LB in which the previous slits 180b were made. In this way, even when the length CL in the circumferential direction of the cylindrical surface of the cylinder 168a is not an integral multiple of the length LL of the labels L, unnecessary portions P1 are not formed between the groups LB and LA of labels L, thus enabling a web-type recording medium P for printing labels to be efficiently used.
- the waste roll 172 peels from the peel sheet 182 and takes up unnecessary portions (label borders) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 which do not form labels (finished product) L.
- the thus taken up recording medium P after unnecessary portions have been peeled that is, the recording medium P in a state where only the labels L remain adhering to the peel sheet 182, is then taken up onto the product roll 134, giving the final product.
- control unit 116 which controls the transport section 110, the image forming section 112, and the post-treatment section 114 is described.
- the control unit 116 has a memory 191 which stores recording image data for ink ejection from the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of the recording head unit 46, a head drive controller 192 for controlling the drive of the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of the recording head unit 46 based on the recording image data, an image data analyzer 193 for analyzing the shapes of the labels L based on the image data stored in the memory 191, a transport speed changer 194 for changing the transport speed of the web-type recording medium P for printing labels based on the shapes of the labels L analyzed by the image data analyzer 193, the transport motor controller 195 for controlling the rotational speed of the transport motors 128a and 134a based on the transport speed changed by the transport speed changer 194, and a die cutter controller 196 for controlling the rotational speed of the die cutter 166 based on the transport speed changed by the transport speed changer 194.
- a memory 191 which stores recording image data for ink ejection from the recording heads
- an input unit 199 such as a computer is connected to the memory 191 of the control unit 116.
- the memory 191 stores recording image data that has been input from the input unit 199.
- the head drive controller 192 selects ink droplet-ejection orifices in the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of the recording head unit 46, computes the amount of ink droplets to be ejected, the ejection timing and other parameters, and controls the recording head unit 46 based on the computation results.
- the piezoelectric element to which a voltage will be applied is selected from among a plurality of ejection portions (nozzles), and the voltage to be applied, the period of application and the timing of such application are computed. Ejection signals are sent to the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K based on the computation results.
- the image data analyzer 193 analyzes the shape of a label L from label edge data among the image data stored in the memory 191, and sends the results of analysis to the transport speed changer 194.
- the transport speed changer 194 has pre-stored therein the transport speed optimal to post-treatment for each label L shape. Based on both the shape of the label L computed from the label edge data analyzed by and received from the image data analyzer 193 and the stored transport speed, the transport speed changer 194 computes the optimal transport speed of the recording medium P and sends the computation results to the transport motor controller 195 and the die cutter controller 196.
- the transport motor controller 195 controls the rotational speeds of the transport motors 128a and 134a based on the optimal transport speed computed by the transport speed changer 194. In this way, the web-type recording medium P for printing labels is transported at the optimal speed.
- the die cutter controller 196 controls the rotational speed of the die cutter 166 based on the optimal transport speed computed by the transport speed changer 194. Specifically, the die cutter controller 196 controls the rotational speed of the die cutter 166 so that the transport speed of the recording medium P and the circumferential velocity of the slitting blades 168b on the die cutter 166 are the same.
- the control unit 116 thus changes or regulates, based on label shape data calculated from the label edge data, the transport speed of the recording medium P which is transported through the post-treatment section 114.
- the transport speed changer 194 it is preferable for the transport speed changer 194 to control, based on the label L shape data, the transport speed of the recording medium P so as to slow the speed at positions of label portions that are vulnerable to the peeling of unnecessary portions. This helps prevent breakage or rupture from occurring when the waste is removed, enabling the reliable removal of unnecessary portions other than the label portions.
- breakage or rupture tend to occur when unnecessary portions are peeled off differ depending on the material of which the pressure-sensitive adhesive paper is made. For example, breakage or rupture may occur when the width of the unnecessary portions is not more than 5 mm or when such portions have an acute angle of not more than 30°. It is advantageous to set in the transport speed changer 194 optimal peel rates that have been determined beforehand empirically under various conditions and to compute the optimal transport speed of the recording medium P while also taking into account these optimal peel rates.
- the recording medium P that has been let out from the feed roll 30 onto which it is wound into a roll is transported by the transport section 110 to the image forming section 112 after the undercoating liquid has been applied with the coating roll 60 of the undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoat has been semi-cured in the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14.
- the recording medium P transported to the image forming section 112 passes through the positions opposite the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K.
- the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K eject, under control by the control unit 116, droplets of UV-curable ink onto the recording medium P passing through positions opposed thereto.
- the recording medium P onto which the ink has been ejected then travels further and passes through positions opposite the UV irradiators 54 and 54a of the corresponding UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C, 52M and 52a, where it is irradiated with ultraviolet light, thereby curing the ink.
- the recording medium P on which images have been formed is transported through the transport buffer to the post-treatment section 114, where a UV-curable clear liquid is applied by the varnish coater 162 to the surface of the recording medium P, then is cured by the UV irradiator 164.
- the recording medium P that has been coated with the UV-curable clear liquid is transported to the die cutter 166, where slits 180b in the shape of labels L are made only in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 by means of the cylinder cutter 168 and the anvil roller 170.
- the die cutter 166 makes slits 180b in the shape of labels L while intermittently rocking, the slits 180b can be continuously formed. Waste from the recording medium P can thus be minimized.
- Unnecessary portions (portions other than the labels L) of the pressure-sEnsitive adhesive sheet 180 of the recording medium P are peeled from the peel sheet 182 and taken up onto the waste roll 172.
- the recording medium P on which only the labels L remain affixed to the peel sheet 182 is taken up onto the product roll 134, thereby giving a final product.
- the digital label printer 100 as well enables the undercoat formed to have a small surface roughness by applying the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P as the coating roll 60 of the undercoat forming section 13 is rotated in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. Therefore, images without unevenness can be formed on the recording medium to achieve production of high-resolution and high-quality labels.
- the digital label printer 100 of the present embodiment carries out peel processing in which the transport speed changer 194, based on label shape data, slows the transport speed of the recording medium P at positions of label portions which are vulnerable to the peeling of unnecessary portions, thereby preventing the breakage or rupture of the labels L during post-treatment (waste removal) and enabling the reliable removal of unnecessary portions other than the label portions. In this way, halting of the apparatus due to the breakage or rupture of labels L is eliminated, enhancing productivity and making it possible to inexpensively provide labels L.
- FIGS. 20 and 21 Another embodiment of a digital label printer is described below while referring to FIGS. 20 and 21 .
- FIG. 20 is a front view showing, in simplified form, another embodiment of a digital label printer which employs an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention.
- FIG. 21 is a block diagram illustrating a control unit for controlling the digital label printer shown in FIG. 20 .
- a digital label printer 200 shown in FIG. 20 has an arrangement which, aside from a post-treatment section 214, is the same as that of the digital label printer 100 shown in FIG. 15 .
- Like elements in both embodiments are thus denoted by the same reference symbols and repeated explanations of such elements are omitted below.
- the following description focuses on the distinctive features of the digital label printer 200.
- the post-treatment section 214 of the digital label printer 200 has a varnish coater 162, a UV irradiator 164, a laser cutter 220, and a waste roll 172. Because the varnish coater 162, the UV irradiator 164 and the waste roll 172 are the same as the varnish coater 162, the UV irradiator 164 and the waste roll 172 in the post-treatment section 114 of the digital label printer 100 shown in FIG. 15 , detailed explanations of these elements are omitted below.
- the laser cutter 220 like the die cutter 166 of the digital label printer 100 shown in FIG. 15 , makes slits 180b of a desired label shape in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 of a printed, web-type recording medium P for printing labels. It is situated between the UV irradiator 164 and the waste roll 172.
- the laser cutter 220 shines a laser at the traveling web-type recording medium P for printing labels, making label-shaped slits 180b in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180.
- a control unit 216 has a memory 191 which stores recording image data for ink ejection from recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of a recording head unit 46, a head drive controller 192 which sends the image data to be recorded to the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of the recording head unit 46, an image data analyzer 193 which analyzes the shapes of the labels L, a transport speed changer 194 which changes the transport speed of the web-type recording medium P for printing labels based on the shapes of the labels L analyzed by the image data analyzer 193, a transport motor controller 195 which controls the rotational speed of transport motors 128a and 134a based on the transport speed changed by the transport speed changer 194.
- the control unit 216 in the present embodiment aside from having no die cutter controller 196, is of substantially the same construction as the control unit 116 shown in FIG. 17 .
- the image data analyzer 193 analyzes the image densities of the label edges based on the image data stored in the memory 191 and sends the analysis result to the transport speed changer 194.
- the transport speed changer 194 of the control unit 216 in this embodiment computes the transport speed of the recording medium P in accordance with the density in the image density data for the label edges to be cut by the laser cutter 220.
- the transport speed changer 194 which has previously stored therein the optimal post-treatment transport speeds for image densities, computes the optimal transport speed based on both the label edge image density that has been analyzed by the image data analyzer 193 and received therefrom and on the transport speeds stored in memory, then sends the computation results to the transport motor controller 195.
- control is effected so as to slow the transport speed of the recording medium P at positions in the label edge where the image density is high.
- slowing the transport speed allows more energy to be applied, enabling label-shaped slits 180b to be made in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180.
- the conditions for setting the transport speed are not limited to the image density (i.e., the ink film thickness).
- various other properties of the materials such as the laser light-absorbing properties of the ink, may also be taken into account.
- the optimal transport speed may be determined empirically in advance for various conditions and set in the transport speed changer 194.
- the transport motor controller 195 controls the rotational speed of the transport motors 128a and 134a based on the transport speeds that have been changed by the transport speed changer 194.
- the web-type recording medium P for printing labels is transported at an optimal speed.
- Image formation in an image forming section 112 on the surface of the recording medium P that has been let out from a feed roll 30 is carried out in the same way as in the above-described digital label printer 100.
- the recording medium P on which an image has been formed passes through a transport buffer and is transported to the post-treatment section 214, where a UV-curable clear liquid is coated onto the surface of the recording medium P using the varnish coater 162, then cured using the UV irradiator 164.
- the recording medium P on which the UV-curable clear liquid has been coated is transported to the laser cutter 220, where it is irradiated with a laser so as to form slits 180b in the shape of labels L only in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180.
- the cured ink that is formed on the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 swells outward.
- the swell height of the cured ink may be, for example, about 12 urn. In a color printed area where a plurality of inks (X, Y, C, M, K) are deposited on top of each other, this height becomes even greater.
- the swell height may increase even further. Also, in areas of high image density, a large amount of ink is deposited. Hence, the swell height also increases, resulting in an even greater thickness.
- the minimum thickness of a recording medium P for printing labels is about 12 pm, which is thinner even than the ink thickness, further increasing the influence of the ink thickness.
- the digital label printer 200 of the present embodiment deals with this problem in the post-treatment step by using the transport speed changer 194, which adjusts the transport speed of the recording medium P in accordance with the density in the image density data at the label edges; specifically, slows the transport speed of the recording medium P when cutting thick areas with the laser.
- the transport speed changer 194 which adjusts the transport speed of the recording medium P in accordance with the density in the image density data at the label edges; specifically, slows the transport speed of the recording medium P when cutting thick areas with the laser.
- Labels can be efficiently produced without forming blank portions on the recording medium.
- FIG. 22 is a front view showing, in simplified form, yet another embodiment of a digital label printer 500 which uses an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention.
- the configuration of the respective sections, aside from an undercoat forming section 13 integrated with an image forming section 112 and a post-treatment section 214 being furnished as independent and discrete apparatus, is basically the same as that in the digital label printer 200 shown in FIG. 20 .
- Like elements in both embodiments are thus denoted by the same reference symbols and repeated explanations of such elements are omitted below.
- the following description focuses on the distinctive features of the present digital label printer 500.
- the digital label printer 500 has a front-end processing unit 501 which includes the undercoat forming section 13 and the image forming section 112, and a back-end processing unit 502 which includes the post-treatment section 214.
- a method for producing labels using the digital label printer 500 and the elements distinctive of the present digital label printer 500 are described below.
- the recording medium P is set on a first feed roll 30 in the front-end processing unit 501, and is transported by a transport roll 32 and a transporter roller pair 126 to the undercoat forming section 13, where the undercoating liquid is applied to the recording medium P.
- the undercoat formed thereon is then semi-cured in the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14.
- the recording medium P is transported to the image forming section 112.
- recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K and UV irradiation units 52X, 52Y, 52C, 52M and 52a an image is formed on the surface of the recording medium P that has been transported to the image forming section 112.
- the recording medium P on which the image has been formed is taken up onto a collecting roll 512.
- a drive motor 512a is provided for the collecting roll 512 so that the collecting roll 512 serves as a drive roll.
- the recording medium P on which the image has been formed i.e., the recording medium P that has been taken up onto the collecting roll 512, is then set on a second feed roll 514 in the back-end processing unit 502.
- the recording medium P that has been set on the second feed roll 514 is transported by transport roller pairs 130 and 132 to the post-treatment section 214.
- the recording medium P on which the image has been formed has a UV-curable clear liquid applied thereto with a varnish coater 162, following which the recording medium P is irradiated with ultraviolet light from a UV irradiator 164, thereby curing the UV-curable clear liquid that has been applied.
- the recording medium P passes by a laser cutter 220 where slits corresponding to the shape of the labels L are made in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet by the laser cutter 220, after which unnecessary portions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the recording medium P are peeled from the peel sheet and wound onto a waste roll 172.
- the recording medium P from which the unnecessary portions have been removed so as to leave only the label portions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 and the peel sheet 182, is wound onto a product roll 134, thereby giving a finished product.
- a transport speed changer 194 computes the optimal transport speed based on the label edge image density analyzed by an image data analyzer 193.
- a transport motor controller 195 controls the rotational speed of a transport motor 134a to the optimal transport speed that has been computed, and carries out transport of the recording medium P. That is, when the laser cutter 220 is used to cut areas where the label edges have a high image density, the transport motor controller 195 carries out control that slows the transport speed of the recording medium P.
- the digital label printer as separate front-end and back-end processing units, the front-end processing steps of printing the labels L and smoothing the image surfaces, and the back-end processing steps of foil-stamping, clear liquid coating (glossy surface formation), slitting and waste removal can be carried out as separate operations, enabling the back-end processing of numerous different types of labels L to be carried out collectively.
- the time required for printing is generally longer than the time required for waste removal and other back-end processing steps.
- a single back-end processing unit 502 is able to handle the output from a plurality of front-end processing units 501, making efficient processing possible.
- each of the above-mentioned digital label printers has been described as a digital label printer using the ink-jet recording device 10, but the ink-jet recording device 600 may also be used in the same form in the digital label printers.
- the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium permeate it to prevent the image formed to be blurred, thus enabling a high-resolution image to be formed. Higher quality labels can be thus produced.
- the physical properties of the ink (droplets) ejected onto the recording medium will differ with the device, although in general the viscosity at 25°C is preferably from 5 to 100 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably from 10 to 80 mPa ⁇ s.
- the viscosity at 25°C before internal curing of the undercoat liquid is preferably from 10 to 500 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably from 50 to 300 mPa ⁇ s.
- the undercoat liquid in order to form dots of the intended size on the recording medium, it is preferable for the undercoat liquid to include a surfactant, and more preferable that it satisfy conditions (A), (B) and (C) below.
- ⁇ s represents the surface tension of the undercoat liquid
- ⁇ s (0) is the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded
- ⁇ s (saturation) is the surface tension of the liquid obtained by adding one of the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid to the above "liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded” and increasing the concentration of that surfactant until the surface tension reaches saturation
- ⁇ s (saturation) max is the largest of the ⁇ s (saturation) values obtained for all the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid that satisfy above condition (B).
- the surface tension ⁇ s of the undercoat liquid it is preferable for the surface tension ⁇ s of the undercoat liquid to be lower than the surface tension yk of any of the inks.
- the surface tension ⁇ s of the undercoat liquid is preferably lower than the surface tension of an ink containing a colorant having a high luminosity factor, and more preferably lower than the surface tension of all inks.
- colorants having a high luminosity factor include colorants which have magenta, black and cyan colors.
- the ink surface tension ⁇ k and the undercoat liquid surface tension ⁇ s should satisfy the above-indicated relationship, with each being preferably within a range of from 15 to 50 mN/m, more preferably within a range of from 18 to 40 mN/m, and most preferably within a range of from 20 to 38 mN/m.
- the ink droplets to be ejected by the ink-jet heads can be suitably formed, making it possible to prevent improper ejection from occurring. That is, the ink droplets can be suitably ejected. Also, by having the surface tensions for both the undercoat liquid and the ink be up to 50 mN/m, the wettability with the ink-jet heads can be increased, enabling suitable ejection of the ink droplets. That is, the improper ejection of droplets can be prevented from occurring.
- the surface tensions for both be within a range of from 18 to 40 mN/m, and especially within a range of from 20 to 38 mN/m, the above effects can be better achieved and the ink droplets can be reliably ejected.
- the surface tensions are values measured by the Wilhelmy plate method at a liquid temperature of 20°C and 60% relative humidity using a commonly used surface tensiometer (e.g., the CBVP-Z surface tensiometer manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
- a commonly used surface tensiometer e.g., the CBVP-Z surface tensiometer manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.
- the undercoat liquid preferably includes one or more surfactants.
- one or more surfactants included in the undercoat liquid to satisfy the following condition (B).
- Condition B ⁇ s 0 - ⁇ s saturation > 0 mN / m
- condition C ⁇ s ⁇ ⁇ s 0 + ⁇ s saturation max / 2
- ⁇ s represents the surface tension of the undercoat liquid
- ⁇ s (0) is the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded
- ⁇ s (saturated) is the surface tension of the liquid obtained by adding one of the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid to the above "liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded” and increasing the concentration of that surfactant until the surface tension reaches saturation
- ⁇ s (saturation) max is the largest of the ⁇ s (saturation) values obtained for all the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid that satisfy above condition (B).
- the above ⁇ s (0) value is obtained by measuring the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded.
- the above ⁇ s (saturation) value is obtained by adding to the above "liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded" one of the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid and, while increasing the concentration of that surfactant present in the liquid in increments of 0.01 wt%, measuring the surface tension of the liquid when the amount of change in surface tension with respect to the change in surfactant concentration falls below 0.01 mN/m.
- the ingredients making up the undercoat liquid are a high-boiling solvent (diethyl phthalate, available from Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), a polymerizable material (dipropylene glycol diacrylate; available from Akcros Chemicals Ltd.), a polymerization initiator (TPO, Initiator 1 shown below), a fluorocarbon surfactant (Megaface F475, available from Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.) and a hydrocarbon surfactant (sodium di-(2-ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate), the ⁇ s (0), ⁇ s (saturation) 1 (when a fluorocarbon surfactant has been added), ⁇ s (saturation) 2 (when a hydrocarbon surfactant has been added), ⁇ s (saturation) and ⁇ s (saturation) max values are as indicated below.
- a high-boiling solvent diethyl phthalate, available from Wako Pure
- the value for ⁇ s (0) which is the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid have been excluded, is 36.7 mN/m.
- the saturation value ⁇ s (saturation) 1 for the surface tension of the liquid when the surfactant concentration has been increased is 20.2 mN/m.
- the saturation value ⁇ s (saturation) 2 for the surface tension of the liquid when the surfactant concentration has been increased is 30.5 mN/m.
- ⁇ s (saturation) can have two values: one for when a fluorocarbon surfactant is added ( ⁇ s saturation) 1 , and another for when a hydrocarbon surfactant is added ( ⁇ s (saturation) 2 . Because ⁇ s (saturation) max is the largest value among ⁇ s (saturation) 1 and ⁇ s (saturation) 2 , in this case it is the ⁇ s (saturation) 2 value.
- the surface tension of the undercoat liquid to satisfy the relationship: ⁇ s ⁇ ⁇ s 0 - 3 ⁇ ⁇ s 0 - ⁇ s saturation max / 4 , and especially preferable for it to satisfy the relationship: ⁇ s ⁇ ⁇ s saturation max .
- compositions of the ink and the undercoat liquid are selected so that the desired surface tension is obtainable, it is preferable for these liquids to include a surfactant.
- the undercoat liquid to include at least one surfactant. A description of the surfactant follows below.
- the surfactant used in embodiments of the invention is typically a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to at least one solvent from among hexane, cyclohexane, p-xylene, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, butyl carbitol, cyclohexanone, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, 1,2-hexanediol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, isopropanol, methanol, water, isobornyl acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol diacrylate; preferably a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to at least one solvent from among hexane, toluene, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, isobornyl acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol diacrylate; more preferably a substance having a
- Whether or not a particular compound is a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to the solvents listed above can be determined by the following procedure.
- One solvent is selected from the solvents listed above, and the surface tension ⁇ solvent (0) for that solvent is measured.
- the compound is added to the same solvent as that for which ⁇ solvent (0) was determined and, as the concentration of the compound is increased in increments of 0.01 wt%, the surface tension ⁇ solvent (saturation) of the solution when the change in surface tension with respect to the change in compound concentration falls below 0.01 mN/m is measured. If the relationship between ⁇ solvent (0) and ⁇ solvent (saturation) satisfies the condition ⁇ solvenr 0 - ⁇ solvenr saturation > 1 mN / m , it can be concluded that the compound is a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to the solvent.
- anionic surfactants such as dialkylsulf05UCCinic acid salts, alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid salts, and fatty acid salts
- nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylallyl ethers, acetylene glycols and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers
- cationic surfactants
- the cure sensitivity of the ink is preferably comparable to or higher than the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid.
- the cure sensitivity of the ink is more preferably higher than the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid but not more than four times the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid, and even more preferably higher than the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid but not more than two times the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid.
- cure sensitivity refers to the amount of energy required for complete curing when the ink and/or the undercoat liquid is cured using a mercury vapor lamp (e.g., a ultrahigh-pressure, high-pressure or moderate-pressure mercury-vapor lamp; preferably an ultrahigh-pressure mercury vapor lamp).
- a smaller amount of energy means a higher cure sensitivity.
- a two-fold cure sensitivity means that the amount of energy required for complete curing is one-half as large.
- a cure sensitivity as being “comparable” signifies that the difference in the cure sensitivities of the two liquids being compared is less than 2-fold, and preferably less than 1.5-fold.
- the recording medium used in the ink-jet recording device of the present embodiment may be a permeable recording medium, an impermeable recording medium or a slowly permeable recording medium.
- permeable recording medium refers to a recording medium in which, when a 10 pL (picoliter) droplet is deposited on the recording medium, permeation of all the liquid takes not more than 100 ms.
- Impermeable recording medium refers herein to a recording medium in which a droplet substantially does not permeate.
- “Substantially does not permeate” connotes here a permeability of a droplet after 1 minute of not more than 5%.
- “slowly permeable recording medium” refers herein to a recording medium in which, when a 10 pL droplet is deposited on the recording medium, permeation of all the liquid takes 100 ms or more.
- permeable recording media include plain paper, porous paper, and recording media capable of absorbing other liquids.
- impermeable or slowly permeable recording media include art paper, plastic, rubber, resin-coated paper, glass, metal, ceramic and wood.
- composite recording media in which a plurality of these materials are combined may also be used for the purpose of adding the functionality thereof.
- any suitable plastic may be used.
- suitable plastic include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutadiene terephthalate; polyolefins such as polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyurethane and polypropylene; and also acrylic resins, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, diacetate, triacetate, polyimide, cellophane and celluloid.
- the thickness and shape of the recording medium when a plastic is used are not subject to any particular limitation. That is, the recording medium may be in the form of a film-like, card-like or block-like shape, and may be either clear or opaque.
- plastic recording medium any of various types of film-like, non-absorbing plastics employed in soft packaging, or films made thereof.
- plastic films include PET films, OPS films, OPP films, PNy films, PVC films, PE films, TAC films and PP films.
- Other plastics that may be used include polycarbonate, acrylic, ABS, polyacetal and PVA. Use may also be made of rubber.
- resin-coated paper-type recording media include clear polyester films, opaque polyester films, opaque polyolefin resin films, and paper substrates laminated on both sides with a polyolefin resin.
- the use of a paper substrate laminated on both sides with a polyolefin resin is especially preferred.
- Metal recording media are not subject to any particular limitation.
- suitable use can be made of aluminum, iron, gold, silver, copper, nickel, titanium, chromium, molybdenum, silicon, lead, zinc and stainless steel, as well as composite materials thereof.
- the recording medium read-only optical disks such as CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs, write-once optical disks such as CD-Rs and DVD-Rs, and rewritable optical disks.
- the image is preferably recorded on the "label" side of the disk.
- the ink which has at least a composition suitable for forming images, includes at least one polymerizable or crosslinkable material, and optionally includes as well a polymerization initiator, a hydrophilic solvent, a colorant and other ingredients.
- the undercoat liquid includes at least one polymerizable or crosslinkable material, and optionally includes as well a polymerization initiator, a hydrophilic solvent, a colorant and other ingredients. It is preferable for the undercoat liquid to be formulated so as to have a different composition than the ink.
- the polymerization initiator is preferably a compound which is capable of initiating a polymerization reaction or crosslinking reaction under the influence of active energy rays.
- An undercoat liquid that has been applied to the coating medium can in this way be cured by exposure to active energy rays.
- the undercoat liquid and/or the ink preferably includes a radical-polymerizable composition.
- radical-polymerizable composition refers to a composition which includes at least one radical-polymerizable material and at least one radical polymerization initiator. Because the undercoat liquid and/or ink includes a radical-polymerizable composition, the undercoat liquid and/or ink curing reaction can be carried out at a high sensitivity in a short period of time.
- the ink it is preferable for the ink to include a colorant. It is preferable for the undercoat liquid which is used in combination with this ink to either have a composition that includes no colorant or includes less than 1 wt% of colorant, or to have a composition that includes a white pigment as the colorant.
- the polymerizable or crosslinkable material has the function of triggering a polymerization or crosslinking reaction with initiating species such as radicals generated from, for example, the subsequently described polymerization initiator, and thus causing the composition containing these to cure.
- the polymerizable or crosslinkable material employed may be a polymerizable or crosslinkable material which elicits a known polymerizable or crosslinking reaction such as a radical polymerization reaction and a dimerization reaction.
- a known polymerizable or crosslinking reaction such as a radical polymerization reaction and a dimerization reaction.
- Illustrative examples include addition-polymerizable compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, high-molecular-weight compounds having pendant maleimide groups, and high-molecular-weight compounds having a pendant cinnamyl, cinnamylidene or chalcone group with a photodimerizable unsaturated double bond adjacent to an aromatic ring.
- an addition-polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferred.
- Selection from among compounds having at least one, and preferably two or more, terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds is especially preferred. More specifically, suitable selection may be made from among such compounds that are well-known in the industrial field of the invention, including those having the chemical form of, for example, monomers, prepolymers (i.e., dimers, trimers and oligomers) and mixtures thereof, as well as copolymers thereof.
- the polymerizable or crosslinkable materials may be used singly or as a combination of two or more thereof.
- polymerizable or crosslinkable material in embodiments of the invention of, in particular, any of various known radical-polymerizable monomers in which a polymerization reaction is triggered by an initiating species generated from a radical initiator is preferred.
- radical-polymerizable monomers examples include (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylamides, aromatic vinyls, vinyl ethers and compounds having internal double bonds (e.g., maleic acid).
- (meth)acrylate refers to either or both "acrylate” and “methacrylate”
- (meth)acryl refers to either or both "acryl” and “methacryl.”
- monofunctional (meth)acrylates include hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, tert-octyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 4-n-butylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acxylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl hexyl diglycol (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-chloroethyl (meth)acrylate, 4-bromobutyl (meth)acrylate, cyanoethyl (meth)
- difunctional (meth)acrylates include 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acxylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,4-dimethyl-1,5-pentanediol di(meth)acrylate, butylethylpropanediol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated cyclohexanemethanol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, oligoethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-butylbutanediol di(meth)acrylate, hydroxypivalic acid neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, EO-modified bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol F polyethoxy di(meth)acrylate,
- trifunctional (meth)acrylates include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acxylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylatE, the alkylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate of trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris((meth)acryloyloxypropyl)ether, isocyanuric acid alkylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, propionic acid dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, tris((meth)acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, hydroxypivalaldehyde-modified dimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tri(meth)acrylate, propoxylated trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate and e
- tetrafunctional (meth)acrylates include pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tetxa(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, propionic acid dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate and ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate.
- pentafunctional (meth)acrylates include sorbitol penta(meth)acrylate and dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate.
- hexafunctional (meth)acrylates include dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, sorbitol hexa(meth)acrylate, the alkylene oxide-modified hexa(meth)acrylate of phosphazene, and captolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate.
- Examples of (meth)acrylamides include (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-propyl (meth)acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth)acrylamide, N-t-butyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl (meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl (meth)acrylamide and (meth)acryloylmorpholine.
- aromatic vinyls examples include styrene, methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, isopropylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, methoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, methyl vinylbenzoate, 3-methylstyrene, 4-methylstyrene, 3-ethylstyrene, 4-ethylstyrene, 3-propylstyrene, 4-propylstyrene, 3-butylstyrene, 4-butylstyrene, 3-hexylstyrene, 4-hexylstyrene, 3-octylstyrene, 4-octylstyrene, 3-(2-ethylhexyl)styrene,
- Vinyl ethers are exemplified by monovinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, t-butyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, n-nonyl vinyl ether, lauryl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl methyl vinyl ether, 4-methylcyclohexyl methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, dicyclopentenyl vinyl ether, 2-dicyclopentenoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, butoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxyethoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxypolyethylene glycol vinyl ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxy
- polyvinyl ethers include divinyl ethers such as ethylene glycol divinyl ether, diethylene glycol divinyl ether, polyethylene glycol divinyl ether, propylene glycol divinyl ether, butylene glycol divinyl ether, hexanediol divinyl ether, bisphenol A alkylene oxide divinyl ether and bisphenol F alkylene oxide divinyl ether; and other polyvinyl ethers such as trimethylolethane trivinyl ether, trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, ditrimethylolpropane tetravinyl ether, glycerol trivinyl ether, pentaerythritol tetravinyl ether, dipentaerythritol pentavinyl ether, dipentaerythritol hexavinyl ether, ethylene oxide adducts of trimethylolpropane trivinyl
- the vinyl ether compound a di- or trivinyl ether compound.
- the use of a divinyl ether compound is especially preferred.
- radical-polymerizable monomers include vinyl esters (e.g., vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl versatate), allyl esters (e.g., allyl acetate), halogen-bearing monomers (e.g., vinylidene chloride, vinyl chloride), vinyl cyanides (e.g., (meth)acrylonitrile), and olefins (e.g., ethylene, propylene).
- vinyl esters e.g., vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl versatate
- allyl esters e.g., allyl acetate
- halogen-bearing monomers e.g., vinylidene chloride, vinyl chloride
- vinyl cyanides e.g., (meth)acrylonitrile
- olefins e.g., ethylene, propylene
- (meth)acrylates and (meth)acrylamides are used as the radical-polymerizable monomer.
- the use of (meth)acrylates having a functionality of 4 or more is especially preferred for achieving a good cure rate.
- the use of a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate in combination with a monofunctional or bifunctional (meth)acrylate or (meth)acrylamide is preferred.
- the content of the polymerizable or crosslinkable material in the ink and the undercoat liquid is preferably in a range of 50 to 99.6 wt%, more preferably in a range of 70 to 99.0 wt%, and even more preferably in a range of 80 to 99.0 wt%, based on the weight of the total solids in each droplet.
- the content in a droplet is preferably in a range of 20 to 98 wt%, more preferably in a range of 40 to 95 wt%, and most preferably in a range of 50 to 90 wt%.
- At least the undercoat liquid, or for both the ink and the undercoat liquid is included at least one polymerization initiator.
- This initiator is a compound which generates initiating species such as radicals when the energy of active rays, heat or both is applied thereto, thereby initiating and promoting a polymerization or crosslinking reaction of the above-described polymerizable or crosslinkable material so as to effect curing.
- the polymerizable material preferably includes a polymerization initiator which triggers radical polymerization.
- a photopolymerization initiator is especially preferred.
- Photopolymerization initiators are compounds which incur a chemical change due to the action of light or to interactions with the electronically excited state of a sensitizing dye, and generates at least one of the following: a radical, an acid or a base. Of such compounds, a photoradical generator is preferred for initiating polymerization by the simple means of exposure to light.
- the photopolymerization initiator used in embodiments of the invention may be suitably selected from among those having sensitivity to the active rays used for exposure, such as 400 nm to 200 nm ultraviolet light, far-ultraviolet light, g-line radiation, h-line radiation, i-line radiation, KrF excimer laser light, ArF excimer laser light, electron beams, x-rays, molecular beams and ion beams.
- Any photopolymerization initiator known to those skilled in the art may be used without limitation. Numerous examples are mentioned in, for example, B.M. Monroe et al.: Chemical Revue 93, 435 (1993 ); R.S. Davidson: Journal of Photochemistry and Biology A: Chemistry 73, 81 (1993 ); J.P. Faussier: "Photoinitiated Polymerization-Theory and Applications," in Rapra Review Reports, Vol. 9, Rapra Technology, Ltd. (1998 ); and M. Tsunooka et al.: Prog. Polym. Sci, 21, 1 (1996 ). In addition, use may also be made of the group of compounds mentioned in, for example, F.D.
- Preferred photopolymerization initiators include (a) aromatic ketones, (b) aromatic onium salt compounds, (c) organic peroxides, (d) hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (e) ketoxime ester compounds, (f) borate compounds, (g) azinium compounds, (h) metallocene compounds, (i) active ester compounds, and (j) compounds having carbon-halogen bonds.
- Preferred examples of aromatic ketones (a) include the compounds having a benzophenone skeleton or a thioxanthone skeleton mentioned on pages 77 to 117 of Radiation Curing in Polymer Science and Technology by J.P. Fouassier and J.F. Rabek (1993 ).
- aromatic ketones (a) include the ⁇ -thiobenzophenone compounds mentioned in JP 47-6416 B , the benzoin ether compounds mentioned in JP 47-3981 B , the a-substituted benzoin compounds mentioned in JP 47-22326 B , the benzoin derivatives mentioned in JP 47-23664 B , the aroylphosphonic acid esters mentioned in JP 57-30704 A , the dialkoxybenzophenones mentioned in JP 60-26483 B , the benzoin ethers mentioned in JP 60-26403 B and 62-81345 A , the a-aminobenzophenones mentioned in JP 1-34242 B , US 4,318,791 and EP 0284561 A , the p-di(dimethylaminobenzoyl) benzenes mentioned in JP 2-211452 A , the thio-substituted aromatic ketones mentioned in JP 61-194062 A
- Exemplary aromatic onium salt compounds (b) include aromatic onium salts of periodic table group V, VI, and VII elements such as nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, bismuth, oxygen, sulfur, selenium, tellurium and iodine.
- Preferred examples include iodonium salts mentioned in EP 104143 B , US 4,837,124 , JP 2-150848 A and JP 2-96514 A ; sulfonium salts mentioned in EP 370693 B , EP 233567 B , EP 297443 B , EP 297442 B , EP 279210 B , EP 422570 B , US 3,902,144 , US 4,933,377 , US 4,760,013 , US 4,734,444 and US 2,833,827 ; diazonium salts (e.g., benzenediazonium salts which may be substituted), diazonium salt resins (e.g., formaldehyde resins of diazodiphenylamine), N-alkoxypyridinium salts (such as those mentioned in US 4,743,528 , JP 63-138345 A , JP 63-142345 A , JP 63-142346 A and JP 46-42363 B ,
- Exemplary organic peroxides (c) include substantially all organic compounds having one or more oxygen-oxygen bond in the molecule.
- a peroxidized ester such as 3,3',9,4'-tetrakis(t-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(t-amylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(t-hexylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(t-octylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',A,9'-tetrakis(cumylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,9'-tetrakis(p-isopropylcumylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone and di-t-butyldiperoxyisophthalate.
- Exemplary hexaarylbiimidazoles (d) include the lophine dimers mentioned in JP 45-37377B and JP 44-86516 B , such as 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-bromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bls(o,p-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(m-methoxyphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o,o'-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(
- ketoxime esters (e) include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-p-toluenesulfonyloxyiminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonylaxyi.mino-1-phenylpropane-1-one.
- Exemplary borate compounds (f) include the compounds mentioned in US 3,567,453 , US 4,343,891 , EP 109,772 B and EP 109,773 B .
- Exemplary azinium salt compounds (g) include the group of compounds having N-0 bonds mentioned in JP 63-138345 A , JP 63-142345 A , JP 63-142346 A , JP 63-143537 A and JP 46-42363 B .
- Exemplary metallocene compounds (h) include the titanocene compounds mentioned in JP 59-152396 A , JP 61-151197 A , JP 63-41484 A , JP 2-249 A , JP 2-4705 A , and the iron-arene complexes mentioned in JP 1-304453 A and JP 1-152109 A .
- titanocene compounds include dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bisphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,4,6-trifluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium 2,6-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,4-difluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,4-difluorophen
- Exemplary active ester compounds (i) include the nitrobenzyl ester compounds mentioned in EP 0290750 B , EP 046083 B , EP 156153 B , EP 271851 B , EP 0388343 B , US 3,901,710 , US 4,181,531 , JP 60-198538 A and JP 53-133022 A ; the iminosulfonate compounds mentioned in EP 0199672 B , EP 84514 B , EP 199672 B , EP 044115 B , EP 0101122 B , US 4,618,564 , US 4,371,605 , US 4,431,774 , JP 64-18143 A , JP 2-245756 A , and JP 4-365048 A ; and the compounds mentioned in JP 62-6223 B , JP 63-14340 B and JP 59-174831 A .
- Preferred examples of compounds having carbon-halogen bonds (j) include the compounds mentioned by Wakabayashi et al. in Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan 42, 2924 (1969 ), the compounds mentioned in GB 1388492 B , the compounds mentioned in JP 53-133428 A , and the compounds mentioned in DE 3337024 B .
- Additional examples include the compounds mentioned by F.C. Schaefer et al. in J. Org. Chem. 29, 1527 (1964 ), the compounds mentioned in JP 62-58241 A , the compounds mentioned in JP 5-281728 A , compounds such as those mentioned in DE 2641100 B , the compounds mentioned in DE 3333450 B , the groups of compounds mentioned in DE 3021590 B and the groups of compounds mentioned in DE 3021599 B .
- the polymerization initiator it is desirable for the polymerization initiator to have an excellent sensitivity, although from the standpoint of storage stability, the use of an initiator which does not trigger thermal decomposition at temperatures up to 80°C is preferred.
- the polymerization initiator may be used singly or as a combination of two or more thereof.
- a known sensitizer may be used together with the initiator, insofar as the advantages obtainable with embodiments of the invention are attainable.
- the content of the initiator in the undercoat liquid is preferably within a range of 0.5 to 20 wt%, more preferably 1 to 15 wt%, and most preferably 3 to 10 wt%, based on the polymerizable material in the undercoat liquid.
- the polymerization initiator may also be included in the ink. If such an initiator is included in the ink, the initiator may be suitably selected and included within a range that enables the storage stability of the ink to be maintained at a desired level. In such a case, it is advantageous for the initiator content, based on the polymerizable or crosslinkable compound in the ink, to be set in a range of preferably 0.5 to 20 wt%, and more preferably 1 to 15 wt%.
- sensitizing dyes are exemplified by those compounds among the following which have an absorption wavelength in the range of 350 nm to 450 nm: polycyclic aromatic compounds (e.g., pyrene, perylene, triphenylene), xanthenes (e.g., fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal), cyanines (e.g., thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine), merocyanines (e.g., merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), thiazines (e.g., thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridines (e.g., acridine orange, chloroflavine, acriflavine), anth
- sensitizing dyes include compounds having the general formulas IX to XIII below.
- a 1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR 50 -; and R 50 is an alkyl or aryl group; L 2 is a non-metallic atomic group which forms, together with the neighboring A 1 and the neighboring carbon atom, the basic nucleus of the dye.
- R 51 and R 52 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metallic atomic group, and may bond together to form the acidic nucleus of the dye.
- W is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently an aryl group, and are linked through -L 3 -.
- -L 3 - represents -O- or -S-.
- W is the same as in general formula IX.
- a 2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR 59 -
- L 4 is a non-metallic atomic group which forms, together with the neighboring A 2 and carbon atom, the basic nucleus of the dye.
- R 53 , R 54 , R 55 , R 56 , R 57 and R 58 are each independently a monovalent non-metallic atomic group
- R 59 is an alkyl or aryl group.
- a 3 and A 4 each independently represent -S-, -NR 62 - or -NR 63 -;
- R 62 and R 63 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
- L 5 and L 6 are each independently a non-metallic atomic group which forms, together with the neighboring A 3 and A 4 and the neighboring carbon atom, the basic nucleus of the dye; and
- R 60 and R 61 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metallic atomic group, or may bond together to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring.
- R 66 is an aromatic ring or hetero ring which may be substituted; and A 5 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or -NR 67 -.
- R 64 , R 65 and R 67 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metallic atomic group, and R 67 may bond with R 69 and R 65 may bond with R 67 to form, respectively, an aliphatic or aromatic ring.
- Preferred examples of compounds having general formulas IX to XIII include compounds A-1 to A-20 shown below.
- ink and/or undercoat liquid as a co-sensitizer, a known compound which acts to, for example, further enhance the sensitivity or suppress the inhibition of polymerization by oxygen.
- co-sensitizers include compounds mentioned in, for example, M.R. Sander et al.: Journal of Polymer Society 10, 3173 (1972 ); JP 44-20189 B , JP 51-82102 A , JP 52-134692 A , JP 59-138205 A , JP 60-84305 A , JP 62-18537 A , JP 64-33104 A , and Research Disclosure 33825.
- Specific examples include triethanolamine, ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate, p-formyldimethylaniline and p-methylthiodimethylaniline.
- co-sensitizers include the thiol compounds mentioned in JP 53-702 A , JP 55-500806 B and JP 5-142772 A , and the disulfide compounds mentioned in JP 56-75643 A .
- Specific examples of these include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-4-(3H)-quinazoline and ⁇ -mercaptonaphthalene.
- Still further examples include amino acid compounds (e.g., N-phenylglycine), the organometallic compounds mentioned in JP 48-42965 B (e.g., tributyltin acetate), hydrogen donors mentioned in JP 55-34414 B , the sulfur compounds mentioned in JP 6-308727 A (e.g., trithiane), the phosphorus compounds mentioned in JP 6-250387 A (e.g., diethylphosphite) and the Si-H and Ge-H compounds mentioned in JP 8-65779 A .
- amino acid compounds e.g., N-phenylglycine
- the organometallic compounds mentioned in JP 48-42965 B e.g., tributyltin acetate
- hydrogen donors mentioned in JP 55-34414 B e.g., the sulfur compounds mentioned in JP 6-308727 A (e.g., trithiane)
- the phosphorus compounds mentioned in JP 6-250387 A e.
- At least the ink, or both the ink and the undercoat liquid include at least one colorant. Colorants may be included not only in the ink, but also in the undercoat liquid and in other liquids.
- the colorants used are not subject to any particular limitation, and may be suitably selected from among, for example, known water-soluble dyes, oil-soluble dyes and pigments. Of these, in cases where the ink and the undercoat liquid are composed of water-insoluble organic solvent systems capable of suitably achieving the advantages obtainable with embodiments of the invention, it is preferable for the colorant to be an oil-soluble dye or a pigment which can be easily dispersed or dissolved uniformly in the water-insoluble medium.
- the colorant content of the ink is preferably from 1 to 30 wt%, more preferably from 1.5 to 25 wt%, and most preferably from 2 to 15 wt%.
- the colorant content in the undercoat liquid is preferably from 2 to 45 wt%, and more preferably from 4 to 35 wt%.
- the use of a pigment as the colorant is preferred.
- the pigment used may be either an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment.
- Preferred black pigments include carbon black pigments. Black pigments and pigments in the three primary colors of cyan, magenta and yellow are generally used. Pigments having other hues, such as red, green, blue, brown and white; metal luster pigments such as those of gold and silver colors; and colorless or light-colored extender pigments may also be used according to the intended purpose.
- Organic pigments are not limited as to their hue.
- Exemplary organic pigments include perylene, perinone, quinacridone, quinacridonequinone, anthraquinone, anthanthrone, benzimidazolone, disazo condensation, disazo, azo, indanthrone, phthalocyanine, triarylcarbonium, dioxazine, aminoanthraquinone, diketopyrrolopyrrole, thioindigo, isoindoline, isoindolinone, pyranthrone, isoviolanthrone pigments and mixtures thereof.
- perylene pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 190 (C.I. No. 71140), C.I. Pigment Red 224 (C.X. No. 71127) and C.I. Pigment Violet 29 (C.I. No. 71129); perinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 43 (C.I. No. 71105) and C.I. Pigment Red 194 (C.I. No. 71100); quinacridone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 19 (C.I. No. 73900), C.I. Pigment Violet 42, C.I. Pigment Red 122 (C.I. No. 73915), C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I.
- Pigment Red 202 (C.I. No. 73907), C.I. Pigment Red 207 (C.I. No. 73900, 73906) and C.I. Pigment Red 209 (C.I. No. 73905); quinacridonequinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 206 (C.I. No. 73900/73920), C.I. Pigment Orange 48 (C.I. No. 73900/73920) and C.I. Pigment Orange 49 (C.I. No. 73900/73920); anthraquinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 147 (C.I. No. 60645); anthanthrone pigments such as C.I.
- Pigment Red 168 (C.I. No. 59300); benzimidazolone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Brown 25 (C.I. No. 12510), C.I. Pigment Violet 32 (C.I. No. 12517), C.I. Pigment Yellow 180 (C.I. No. 21290), C.I. Pigment Yellow 181 (C.I. No. 11777), C.I. Pigment Orange 62 (C.I. No. 11775) and C.I. Pigment Red 185 (C.I. No. 12516); disazo condensation pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 93 (C.I. No. 20710), C.I. Pigment Yellow 94 (C.I. No.
- C.I. Pigment Yellow 95 C.I. No. 20034
- C.I. Pigment Yellow 128 C.I. No. 20037
- C.T. Pigment Yellow 166 C.I. No. 20035
- C.I. Pigment Orange 34 C.I. No. 21115
- C.I. Pigment Orange 13 C.I. No. 21110
- C.I. Pigment Orange 31 C.I. No. 20050
- C.I. Pigment Red 144 C.I. No. 20735
- C.I. Pigment Red 166 C.1, No. 20730
- C.I. Pigment Red 220 C.I. No. 20055
- C.I. Pigment Red 221 C.I. No.
- C.I. Pigment Red 242 C.I. No. 20067
- C.I. Pigment Red 248, C.I. Pigment Red 262 and C.I. Pigment Brown 23 C.I. No. 20060
- disazo pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 13 (C.I. No. 21100), C.I. Pigment Yellow 83 (C.I. No. 21108) and C.I. Pigment Yellow 188 (C.I. No. 21094
- azo pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 187 (C.I. No. 12486), C.I. Pigment Red 170 (C.I. No. 12475), C.I. Pigment Yellow 74 (C.I. No.
- C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 C.I. No. 48545)
- C.I. Pigment Red 48 C.I. No. 15865
- C.I. Pigment Red 53 C.I. No. 15585
- C.I. Pigment Orange 64 C.I. No. 12760
- C.I. Pigment Red 247 C.I. No. 15915
- indanthrone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 60 (C.I. No. 69800)
- phthalocyanine pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7 (C.I. No. 74260), C.I. Pigment Green 36 (C.I. No. 74265), C.I. Pigment Green 37 (C.I. No.
- C.I. Pigment Blue 16 C.I. No. 74100
- C.I. Pigment Blue 75 C.I. No. 74160:2
- 15 C.I. No. 74160
- triarylcarbonium pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 56 (C.I. No. 42800) and C.I. Pigment Blue 61 (C.I. No. 42765:1)
- dioxazine pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 23 (C.I. No. 51319) and C.I. Pigment Violet 37 (C.I. No. 51345
- aminoanthraquinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 177 (C.I. No.
- diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 254 (C.I. No. 56110), C.I. Pigment Red 255 (C.I. No. 561050), C.I. Pigment Red 264, C.I. Pigment Red 272 (C.I. No. 561150), C.I. Pigment Orange 71 and C.I. Pigment Orange 73; thioindigo pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 88 (C.I. No. 73312); isoindoline pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 (C.I. No. 56298) and C.I. Pigment Orange 66 (C.I. No.
- isoindolinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 109 (C.I. No. 56284) and C.I. Pigment Orange 61 (C.I. No. 11295)
- isoindolinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 109 (C.I. No. 56284) and C.I. Pigment Orange 61 (C.I. No. 11295)
- pyranthrone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 40 (C.I. No. 59700) and C.I. Pigment Red 216 (C.I. No. 59710)
- isoviolanthrone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 31 (C.I. No. 60010).
- a combination of two or more organic pigments or organic pigment solid solutions may be used for the colorant.
- any of the following may be used: particles composed of a core of e.g., silica, alumina or resin on the surface of which is fixed a dye or pigment, dyes that have been rendered into insoluble lakes, colored emulsions, and colored latexes. Resin-coated pigments may also be used. These are called microencapsulated pigments, and are commercially available from, for example, Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. and Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
- the volume-average particle size of the pigment particles included in the liquid is preferably in a range of from 10 to 250 nm, and more preferably from 50 to 200 nm.
- the volume-average particle size of the pigment particles may be measured by a particle size distribution analyzer such as the LB-500 manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.
- a single colorant may be used alone or two or more colorants may be used in admixture. Differing colorants may be used for the respective droplets and liquids that are deposited, or the same colorant may be used.
- additives and ingredients other than those described above may also be used in the ink and/or undercoat liquid in accordance with the intended purpose.
- a storage stabilizer to the ink and undercoat liquid (especially the ink) in order to inhibit undesirable polymerization during storage. It is desirable for the storage stabilizer to be used in the presence of a polymerizable or crosslinkable material. Also, it is advantageous for the storage stabilizer to be soluble in the droplet or liquid which includes it or in another ingredient present therein.
- Exemplary storage stabilizers include quaternary ammonium salts, hydroxylamines, cyclic amides, nitriles, substituted ureas, heterocyclic compounds, organic acids, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monoethers, organic phosphines and copper compounds.
- Specific examples include benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, diethylhydroxylamine, benzothiazole, 4-amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, citric acid, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, hydroquinone monobutyl ether and copper naphthenate.
- the amount of storage stabilizer added based on the activity and polymerizability of the polymerization initiator or the polymerizability of the crosslinkable material, and on the type of storage stabilizer.
- Conductive salts are solid compounds which enhance the electrical conductivity. In the practice of the invention, owing to the concern that deposition may occur during storage, it is preferable for substantially no conductive salt to be used. However, in cases where the solubility is good because the solubility of the conductive salt has been increased or a conductive salt having a high solubility in the liquid component is used, a suitable amount of conductive salt may be added.
- Exemplary conductive salts include potassium thiocyanate, lithium nitrate, ammonium thiocyanate and dimethylamine hydrochloride.
- a known solvent may be used if necessary.
- the solvent may be used for such purposes as to improve the polarity, viscosity and surface tension of the liquid (ink), to improve the solubility or dispersibility of the colored material, to adjust the electrical conductivity, and to adjust the printability.
- the solvent be a water-insoluble liquid which contains no aqueous medium.
- a composition which uses a high-boiling organic solvent is desirable.
- the high-boiling organic solvent prefferably to have an excellent compatibility with the components of the liquid, especially the monomer.
- preferred solvents include tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether and diethylene glycol monobenzyl ether.
- Known solvents also include low-boiling organic solvents with boiling points of up to 100°C. However, owing to concerns over the adverse effects of solvents on curability and taking into account also environmental contamination by low-boiling organic solvents, it is desirable not to use such solvents. If a low-boiling organic solvent is used, the solvent is preferably a highly safe solvent.
- a "highly safe solvent” refers herein to a solvent having a high control level (the "control level” is an indicator used in the Working Environment Evaluation Standards issued by the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare) of preferably at least 100 ppm, and more preferably at least 200 ppm.
- Exemplary solvents of this type are alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers and hydrocarbons. Specific examples include methanol, 2-butanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate and tetrahydrofuran.
- the solvent may be used singly or as combinations of two or more.
- the amount in which both are used is preferably from 0 to 20 wt%, and more preferably from 0 to 10 wt%, based on each liquid (ink or undercoat liquid).
- the substantial absence of such solvents is especially preferred.
- the substantial absence of water in the ink and undercoat liquid used in embodiments of the invention improves stability over time with respect to clouding of the liquid caused by, for example, a loss of homogeneity and dye deposition over time, and is also able to increase dryability when used on an impermeable or a slowly permeable recording medium.
- substantially absence signifies that the presence of such solvent as an inadvertent impurity is allowable.
- additives such as polymers, surface tension adjusters, ultraviolet light absorbers, antioxidants, discoloration inhibitors and pH adjusters.
- Known compounds may be suitably selected and used as the surface tension adjusters, ultraviolet light absorbers, antioxidants, discoloration inhibitors and pH adjusters.
- the surface tension adjusters ultraviolet light absorbers, antioxidants, discoloration inhibitors and pH adjusters.
- use may be made of the additives mentioned in JP 2001- 181549 A .
- a pair of compounds which, when mixed, react to form an agglomerate or thicken may be separately included in the ink and undercoat liquid in embodiments of the invention.
- This pair of compounds has the characteristic of either rapidly forming an agglomerate or rapidly thickening the liquid, thereby more effectively inhibiting the coalescence of mutually neighboring droplets.
- Examples of reactions between the pair of compounds include acid-base reactions, hydrogen bonding reactions between a carboxylic acid and an amide group-bearing compound, crosslinking reactions such as between boronic acid and a diol, and reactions involving electrostatic interactions between cations and anions.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Ink Jet (AREA)
- Ink Jet Recording Methods And Recording Media Thereof (AREA)
Description
- The present invention relates to an ink-jet recording device which records images on a recording medium by ejecting ink droplets from an ink-jet head.
- One method of forming images on a recording medium involves image formation by ejecting ink droplets from an ink-jet head.
- Image recording devices which use an ink-jet head include, for example, the ink-jet recording device described in
JP 2003-11341 A -
JP 2003-11341 A -
JP 2004-42525 A -
JP 2004-42525 A -
US 2007/013759 A1 discloses an inkjet recording device falling within the scope of the preamble to claim 1 below. - Methods that may be used for coating the white ink onto the recording medium include methods that involve spray coating, roll coating, gravure coating, air knife coating, extrusion coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating and felt coating.
- Here, as described in
JP 2004-42525 A - Moreover, as described in
JP 2004-42525 A - Hence, by initially forming a surface layer of white ink or the like on the recording medium, it is possible to create an image having good visibility even on translucent recording media, recording media having a low degree of lightness and metal surfaces. However, in the coating method described in
JP 2004-42525 A - When the surface layer formed on the recording medium is uneven, visibility at the surface of the recording medium may change from place to place. Specifically, changes in color may be observed depending on the position of the recording medium, or the recording medium may appear to be hazy. Such effects may make it impossible to produce high-quality and high-resolution prints.
- This problem becomes especially acute when the recording medium is transported at a high velocity and/or the undercoating liquid has a high viscosity.
- Although it is possible with the device described in
JP 2004-42525 A - Moreover, when a liquid is coated over the entire surface of the recording medium and penetration of the liquid into the recording medium occurs, the color of the recording medium may vary from position to position thereon and areas where the liquid has penetrated may appear to be wet even after the liquid has been dried or cured. Such variations in the color of the recording medium and the presence of areas on the recording medium that appear to be wet also lower the quality of images formed on the recording medium. Problems of this sort are especially acute when recording media that are readily permeable to liquids are used.
- According to the present invention there is provided an ink-jet recording device comprising:
- transport means for transporting a recording medium;
- undercoating liquid applying means for applying an undercoating liquid to the recording medium transported by the transport means; and
- image forming means that is disposed downstream of the undercoating liquid applying means in a direction of travel by the recording medium, and has an ink-jet head which ejects an ink containing at least a colorant to form an image on the recording medium to which the undercoating liquid has been applied;
- the drive unit rotates the coating roll so as to satisfy a condition 0.5 ≤ W/V ≤ 5.0, where V is a velocity of travel in millimeters per second by the recording medium when passing through a position in proximity to the undercoating liquid applying means and W is a circumferential velocity in millimeters per second of the coating roll.
- The coating roll preferably has on a surface thereof recessed features which retain the undercoating liquid.
- Preferably, the ink-jet recording device further comprises positioning means which is disposed upstream or downstream or both upstream and downstream of the coating roll and on a side of the recording medium opposite to a side to be coated with the undercoating liquid, and which supports the recording medium from the side opposite to the side to be coated with the undercoating liquid.
- It is preferable that the undercoating liquid be a liquid which cures on exposure to active energy rays, and that the device further comprise undercoating liquid semi-curing means which is disposed on a downstream side of the undercoating liquid applying means in the direction of travel by the recording medium, and which irradiates with active energy rays the undercoating liquid coated onto the recording medium so as to semi-cure the undercoating liquid coated onto the recording medium.
- A travel distance X and a travel velocity V preferably satisfy a relation X ≤ 5V, where X is the travel distance in millimeters that the recording medium is transported by the transport means from an undercoating liquid applying position
where the undercoating liquid applying means applies the undercoating liquid to an irradiation position where the undercoating liquid is irradiated with the active energy rays emitted by the undercoating liquid semi-curing means, and V is the velocity of travel in millimeters per second by the recording medium between the undercoating liquid applying position and the irradiation position owing to the transport means. - Preferably, the ink-jet recording device further comprises shielding means which is disposed between the undercoating liquid applying means and the undercoating liquid semi-curing means, and shields against the active energy rays which are irradiated from the undercoating liquid semi-curing means toward the undercoating liquid applying means.
- In the ink-jet recording device according to the present invention, it is preferable that the ink ejected from the ink-jet head be an ink which cures on exposure to the active energy rays, and that the image forming means further have image curing means which irradiates with the active energy rays the image formed on the recording medium and thereby cures the ink constituting the image.
- It is preferable that the image forming means have at least two ink-jet heads which eject inks of differing colors, and that the ink-jet recording device further comprise ink semi-curing means which is disposed between the at least two ink-jet heads, and semi-cures ink constituting an image formed by one of the at least two ink-jet heads disposed upstream from the ink semi-curing means in the direction of travel by the recording medium.
- The undercoating liquid preferably includes a radical-polymerizable composition.
- In embodiments of the present invention, an undercoating liquid can be rapidly and uniformly coated onto the surface of a recording medium. That is, there can be provided an ink-jet recording device which is capable of forming on a recording medium an undercoat having a low surface roughness, thus enabling the high-speed creation of prints obtained by recording high-resolution images on various recording media.
- By irradiating the undercoating liquid with ultraviolet light, the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium is semi-cured, enabling a high-resolution image to be formed on the recording medium.
- In preferred embodiments of the present invention, undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the surface of a recording medium can be prevented from penetrating the recording medium, making it possible to prevent color irregularities, gloss unevenness and haze at the surface of the recording medium.
- In addition, ink bleed by the ink droplets that have been ejected from the ink-jet head and deposited on the recording medium can be effectively prevented, making it possible to increase the image uniformity between various recording media and suppress problems such as non-uniform linewidth and color irregularities that arise due to the intermingling of droplets.
- That is, the present invention can provide an ink-jet recording device which is able, regardless of the type of recording medium, to generate high-resolution and high-quality prints.
- It is therefore one advantage obtainable with embodiments of the invention to provide an inexpensive ink-jet recording device which resolves the above-described problems in the existing art and is capable of creating high-resolution and high-quality prints at a high speed.
- Another advantage obtainable with embodiments of the invention is to provide an ink-jet recording device which, in addition to the foregoing object, is able to form high-resolution images on recording media, regardless of the particular type of recording medium.
- A further advantage obtainable with embodiments of the invention is to provide an ink-jet recording device which resolves the above-described problems in the existing art, which is able to form high-resolution images on various types of recording media, and which is capable of creating high-resolution and high-quality prints.
- To better understand the present invention and to show how the same may be carried into effect, reference will be made, by way of example only to the accompanying drawings, in which:
-
FIG. 1 is a front view showing, in simplified form, an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention; -
FIG. 2 is a sectional view of a coating roll and a drive unit in the ink-jet recording device shown inFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 3 is a simplified perspective view of the vicinity of a positioning section in the ink-jet recording device shown inFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 4 is a top view of a recording head unit and UV irradiation units in the ink-jet recording device shown inFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 5 is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink drops have been deposited onto a semi-cured undercoating liquid; -
FIGS. 6A and 6B are schematic sectional views of recording media where ink drops have been deposited onto an undercoating liquid that is in an uncured state; -
FIG. 6C is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink droplets have been deposited onto an undercoating liquid that is in a completely cured state; -
FIG. 7 is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink droplets have been deposited onto a semi-cured ink liquid; -
FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic sectional views of recording media where ink droplets have been deposited onto an ink liquid that is in an uncured state; -
FIG. 8C is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink droplets have been deposited onto an ink liquid that is in a completely cured state; -
FIGS. 9A to 9D are schematic diagrams showing steps in the formation of an image on a recording medium; -
FIG. 10 is a front view showing, in simplified form, another embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention; -
FIG. 11 is a front view showing, in simplified form, a further embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention; -
FIG. 12 is a front view showing, in simplified, form, a still further embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention; -
FIG. 13 is a front view showing an undercoat forming section, an undercoating liquid semi-curing section and their peripheral portions in the ink-jet recording device shown inFIG. 12 ; -
FIGS. 14A to 14D are schematic diagrams showing steps in the formation of an image on a recording medium; -
FIG. 15 is a front view showing, in simplified form, an embodiment of a digital label printer which uses the ink-jet recording device of the invention; -
FIG. 16 is a block diagram depicting a control unit for controlling the digital label printer shown inFIG. 15 ; -
FIG. 17 is a longitudinal sectional view of a recording medium for printing labels such as may be used in the digital label printer shown inFIG. 15 ; -
FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a die cutter having slitting blades arranged on a cylindrical surface thereof, and a perspective view showing the condition of slits made in a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet by continuously rotating the die cutter; -
FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the condition of slits made in a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with the die cutter; -
FIG. 20 is a front view showing, in simplified form, another embodiment of a digital label printer which employs the ink-jet recording device according to the invention; -
FIG. 21 is a block diagram depicting a control unit for controlling the digital label printer shown inFIG. 20 ; and -
FIG. 22 is a front view showing, in simplified form, yet another embodiment of a digital label printer which uses the ink-jet recording device of the invention. - Embodiments of ink-jet recording devices according to the present invention are described more fully below with reference to the accompanying diagrams.
-
FIG. 1 is a front view showing, in simplified form, an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device 10 according to the present invention.FIG. 2 is a simplified sectional view of the vicinity of acoating roll 60 and adrive unit 62 in anundercoat forming section 13 of the ink-jet recording device 10 shown inFIG. 1 .FIG. 3 is a simplified perspective view of the vicinity of thecoating roll 60 and apositioning unit 68 in theundercoat forming section 13 of the ink-jet recording device 10 shown inFIG. 1 .FIG. 4 is a top view of arecording head unit 46 andUV irradiation units jet recording device 10 shown inFIG. 1 . - In the embodiments of the invention discussed below, active light-curable ink-jet recording devices which use an ultraviolet light-curable ink (UV-curable ink) as the active light-curable ink (also referred to as "active energy ray-curable ink") that cures under irradiation with active light (also referred to as "active energy rays") are described as embodiments. However, the invention is not limited to these embodiments, and may apply to ink-jet recording devices in which various types of active light-curable inks are used.
- As shown in
FIG. 1 , the ink-jet recording device 10 has atransport section 12 which transports a recording medium P, theundercoat forming section 13 which coats an undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, an undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 which semi-cures the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium P, asupport section 15 disposed opposite a path of travel by the recording medium P which is transported by thetransport section 12, animage recording section 16 which is supported by thesupport section 15 and which records an image on the recording medium P, animage fixing section 18 which is supported by thesupport section 15 and which fixes the image recorded on the recording medium P, and acontrol unit 20 which controls the ejection of ink droplets from theimage recording section 16. - An
input unit 22 is connected to thecontrol unit 20 of the ink-jet recording device 10. Theinput unit 22 may be an image reading unit such as a scanner or any of various types of devices which transmit image data, including image processing devices such as a personal computer. Any of various connection methods, whether wired or wireless, may be used to connect theinput unit 22 and thecontrol unit 20. - The
transport section 12, which has afeed roll 30, atransport roll 32, atransport roller pair 34 and arecovery roll 36, feeds, transports and recovers the recording medium P. - The
feed roll 30 has a web-type recording medium P wrapped thereon in the form of a roll, and feeds the recording medium P. - The
transport roll 32 is disposed on the downstream side of thefeed roll 30 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, and transports the recording medium P that has been let out from thefeed roll 30 to the downstream side in the direction of travel. - The
transport roller pair 34 is a pair of rollers which are disposed on the downstream side of thetransport roll 32 in the travel path of the recording medium P and which grip therebetween the recording medium P that has passed around thetransport roll 32 and transport it to the downstream side in the direction of travel. - The
recovery roll 36 is disposed the furthest downstream on the travel path of the recording medium P. Therecovery roll 36 takes up the recording medium P which has been fed from thefeed roll 30, has been transported by thetransport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34, and has passed through positions facing the subsequently describedundercoat forming section 13, undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14,image recording section 16 andimage fixing section 18. - Here, the
transport roll 32, thetransport roller pair 34 and therecovery roll 36 are connected to drive units (not shown) and rotated by the drive units. - Here, the
transport roll 32 is disposed above thefeed roll 30 in a vertical direction, and at a position farther from therecovery roll 36 than from thefeed roll 30 in a horizontal direction. Moreover, thetransport roll 32, thetransport roller pair 34 and therecovery roll 36 are disposed linearly in a direction parallel to the horizontal direction. - That is, the
transport section 12 transports the recording medium P upward while inclined at a given angle with respect to the vertical direction toward the side away from therecovery roll 36, following which thetransport section 12 changes the direction of travel by the recording medium P at thetransport roll 32 so that, after the recording medium P has passed thetransport roll 32, it is transported horizontally toward therecovery roll 36. In other words, after the recording medium P has been let out from thefeed roll 30, it is moved in an upwardly inclined direction with the surface on which images are to be recorded facing downward. After passing around thetransport roll 32, the recording medium P is moved in a horizontal direction with the surface on which images are to be recorded facing upward. - The
undercoat forming section 13 is situated between thefeed roll 30 and thetransport roll 32; that is, on the downstream side of thefeed roll 30 and on the upstream side of thetransport roll 32 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. - The
undercoat forming section 13 has thecoating roll 60 for coating an undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, adrive unit 62 which drives thecoating roll 60, areservoir 64 which supplies the undercoating liquid to thecoating roll 60, ablade 66 which adjusts the amount of undercoating liquid picked up by thecoating roll 60, and thepositioning unit 68 which supports the recording medium P so that the recording medium P assumes a predetermined position relative to thecoating roll 60. - The
coating roll 60 is disposed between thefeed roll 30 and thetransport roll 32 so as to be in touching contact with the surface of the recording medium P on which images are to be formed. That is, thecoating roll 60 is in touching contact with the downwardly facing surface of the recording medium P being transported from thefeed roll 30 to thetransport roll 32. - The
coating roll 60, which is a roll that is longer than the width of the recording medium P, is a so-called gravure roller on the surface (peripheral face) of which recessed features are formed at fixed, i.e., uniform, intervals. - Here, the shapes of the recessed features formed on the
coating roll 60 are not subject to any particular limitation. Any of various shapes may be used, including round, rectangular, polygonal or star-like shapes. Alternatively, the recessed features may be formed as grooves extending over the entire circumference of the coating roll. - The
drive unit 62, as shown inFIG. 2 , has amotor 76, and first andsecond gears motor 76 to thecoating roll 60. - As shown in
FIG. 2 , thefirst gear 78a is mounted on ashaft 60a of thecoating roll 60, and thesecond gear 78b is mounted on arotary shaft 76a of themotor 76. The respective gears rotate together with the respective shafts. Moreover, thefirst gear 78a and thesecond gear 78b are disposed at positions
where the teeth on one gear mesh with the teeth on the other gear. - By means of the foregoing arrangement, the
drive unit 62 causes themotor 76 to rotate, in turn causing thesecond gear 78b mounted on therotary shaft 76a to rotate, which rotation is transmitted to thefirst gear 78a. Rotation of thefirst gear 78a causes theshaft 60a having thefirst gear 78a mounted thereon, and in turn thecoating roll 60, to rotate. - The
drive unit 62 thus rotates thecoating roll 60. - However, the
drive unit 62 is not limited to the present embodiment. Any of various other drive mechanisms may instead be used to rotate thecoating roll 60, including pulley driving, belt driving and direct driving. - As indicated by the arrow in
FIG. 1 , thedrive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P at the contact point therebetween (i.e., in the clockwise direction inFIG. 1 ). This will be explained later. - The
reservoir 64 has a dish-like shape open at the top, and holds at the interior thereof the undercoating liquid. Thereservoir 64 is disposed underneath and adjacent to thecoating roll 60, such that a portion of thecoating roll 60 is immersed in the undercoating liquid held within thereservoir 64. When necessary, the undercoating liquid is fed to thereservoir 64 from a feed tank (not shown). - The
blade 66 is disposed so as to be in touching contact with the surface of thecoating roll 60. More specifically, theblade 66 is disposed, in the direction of rotation by thecoating roll 60, on the downstream side of thereservoir 64 and on the upstream side of the recording medium P. - That is, the
blade 66 comes into contact with a portion of thecoating roll 60 that has been immersed in thereservoir 64, before that portion comes into contact with the recording medium P. - The
blade 66 scrapes off that portion of the undercoating liquid picked up by thecoating roll 60 when immersed in thereservoir 64 which is not needed, thereby setting the quantity of undercoating liquid adhering to thecoating roll 60 to a fixed amount. Specifically, except for the undercoating liquid retained in the recessed features formed on the surface of thecoating roll 60, theblade 66 scrapes off undercoating liquid adhering to other portions of thecoating roll 60. That is, theblade 66 scrapes off undercoating liquid adhering to areas of thecoating roll 60 other than the recessed features (i.e., surplus undercoating liquid). - The undercoating liquid retained in the portion of the
coating roll 60 which comes into contact with the recording medium P can in this way be limited to only the undercoating liquid retained in the recessed features, thus enabling the amount of undercoating liquid which comes into contact with the recording medium P to be made constant. - The
positioning unit 68 has afirst positioning roll 70 and asecond positioning roll 72, and supports the recording medium P in such a way as to ensure that the recording medium P comes into contact with thecoating roll 60 at a specific position. That is, thepositioning unit 68 sets the travel path of the recording medium P where thecoating roll 60 and the recording medium P come into contact to a specific position. - The
first positioning roll 70 is situated on the opposite side of the recording medium P from the side where images are to be formed (i.e., the side to be coated with undercoating liquid) and, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, between thefeed roll 30 and thecoating roll 60. - The
second positioning roll 72 is situated on the opposite side of the recording medium P from the side where images are to be formed and, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, between thecoating roll 60 and thetransport roll 32. - Hence, the first and second positioning rolls 70 and 72 are each situated on the opposite side of the recording medium P from the
coating roll 60 and, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, on either side of thecoating roll 60; that is, one is situated on the upstream side, and the other is situated on the downstream side, of thecoating roll 60. - These first and second positioning rolls 70 and 72 support the recording medium P from the side of the recording medium P opposite to the side on which images are to be formed.
- Here, in the
undercoat forming section 13 of the present embodiment, as shown inFIG. 3 , afirst bearing 74a which supports theshaft 60a of thecoating roll 60 is in contact with asecond bearing 74b which supports the shaft of thefirst positioning roll 70. In addition, thefirst bearing 74a is in contact with athird bearing 74c which supports the shaft of thesecond positioning roll 72. - By thus placing the
bearings coating roll 60, thefirst positioning roll 70 and thesecond positioning roll 72 in mutual contact, departures from the correct positional relationships between thecoating roll 60 and the positioning rolls 70 and 72 can be prevented from occurring. - Moreover, even in cases where any one, or all, of the
coating roll 60, thefirst positioning roll 70 and thesecond positioning roll 72 are placed in a movable state, by adopting an arrangement in which the bearings are placed in mutual contact, departures from the correct positional relationships between thecoating roll 60 and the positioning rolls 70 and 72 can be prevented from occurring. - In the present embodiment, the bearings have been placed in mutual contact. However, the invention is not limited in this regard. That is, use may be made of any arrangement in which members that individually support, respectively, the
coating roll 60 and the first and second positioning rolls 70 and 72 are placed in mutual contact. For example, an arrangement may be used wherein fixing members which fix in place the bearings are placed in mutual contact. - In the foregoing arrangement of the
undercoat forming section 13, thedrive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. After being immersed in the undercoating liquid which has accumulated in thereservoir 64, the surface of therotating coating roll 60 comes into touching contact with theblade 66, thereby setting the amount of undercoating liquid retained on the surface to a fixed amount, then comes into contact with the recording medium P, thereby coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P. By thus rotating thecoating roll 60 in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P and coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, a layer of undercoating liquid (referred to below as the "undercoat") that has been smoothened and has a good, even, coating surface state can be formed on the recording medium P. This is explained in greater detail later. - The
coating roll 60 which has come into contact with the recording medium P is further rotated and again immersed within the undercoating liquid in thereservoir 64. - In this way, the
undercoat forming section 13, by rotating thecoating roll 60 and coating the undercoating liquid onto the surface of the recording medium P, forms an undercoat on the surface of the recording medium P. - Next, the undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 is described. - The undercoating liquid
semi-cuxing section 14 has a UV lamp and is disposed so as to face the travel path of the recording medium P. Here, the UV lamp is a light source which emits ultraviolet light. Examples of UV light sources that may -be used include metal halide lamps and high-pressure mercury vapor lamps. - The undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 irradiates the entire width of the recording medium P which passes through a position opposed thereto with UV light. - The undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 exposes to UV light the recording medium P which has been coated on the surface with the undercoating liquid and passes through a position opposed thereto, thereby rendering the undercoating liquid coated onto the surface of the recording medium P into a semi-cured state. That is, the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 renders the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium P into a semi-cured state. - In the practice of the invention, the term "semi-cured" as used herein signifies partial curing, and refers to the undercoating liquid in a partially cured, i.e., an incompletely cured, state. When the undercoating liquid that has been applied onto the recording medium (base material) P is semi-cured, the degree of curing may be non-uniform; preferably, the degree of curing proceeds in the depth direction of the undercoating liquid. In the present embodiment, the undercoating liquid which is semi-cured is an undercoating liquid which forms an undercoat.
- For example, when a radical-polymerizable undercoating liquid is cured in air or air that is partially substituted with an inert gas, due to the radial polymerization-suppressing effect of oxygen, radical polymerization tends to be inhibited at the surface of the undercoating liquid. As a result, semi-curing is non-uniform, there being a tendency for curing to proceed at the interior of the undercoating liquid and to be delayed at the surface.
- In the practice of the invention, by using a radical-photopolymerizable undercoating liquid in the presence of oxygen which tends to inhibit radical polymerization, the undercoating liquid partially photocures, enabling the degree of cure of the undercoating liquid to be higher at the interior than at the exterior.
- Alternatively, in cases where a cationic-polymerizable undercoating liquid is cured in air containing humidity, because moisture has a cationic polymerization-inhibiting effect, there is a tendency for curing to proceed at the interior of the undercoating liquid and to be delayed at the surface.
- It is likewise possible for the degree of cure in the undercoating liquid to be made higher at the interior than at the exterior by using this cationic-polymerizable undercoating liquid under humid conditions that have a cationic polymerization-inhibiting effect so as to induce partial photocuring.
- By thus semi-curing the undercoating liquid and depositing ink droplets on the semi-cured undercoating liquid, technical effects that are advantageous for the quality of the resulting print can be achieved. The mechanism of action can be confirmed by examining a cross-section of the print.
- The semi-curing of the undercoating liquid (i.e., the undercoat formed of undercoating liquid on the recording medium) is described in detail below. As one illustration, high-density areas obtained by depositing about 12 pL of liquid ink (that is, droplets of ink) on the undercoating liquid in a semi-cured state having a thickness of about 5 µm that has been provided on a recording medium P are described below.
-
FIG. 5 is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink droplets have been deposited onto a semi-cured undercoating liquid.FIGS. 6A and 6B are schematic sectional views of recording media where ink droplets have been deposited onto an undercoating liquid that is in an uncured state, andFIG. 6C is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where ink droplets have been deposited onto an undercoating liquid that is in a completely cured state. - When the undercoating liquid is semi-cured in the described manner, the degree of cure on the recording medium P side is higher than the degree of cure at the surface layer. In this case, three features are observable. That is, as shown in
FIG. 5 , when ink d is deposited as droplets on a semi-cured undercoating liquid U, (1) a portion of the ink d emerges at the surface of the undercoating liquid U, (2) a portion of the ink d lies within the undercoating liquid U, and (3) the undercoating liquid is present between the bottom side of the ink d and the recording medium P. - When the ink d is deposited on the undercoating liquid U, if the undercoating liquid U and the ink d satisfy the above states (1), (2) and (3), the undercoating liquid U can be regarded as being in a semi-cured state.
- By semi-curing the undercoating liquid U, that is, by curing the undercoating liquid U so that it satisfies above (1), (2) and (3), the droplets of ink d (i.e., the ink droplets) which have been deposited to a high density mutually connect, forming a film of the ink d (i.e., an ink film or ink layer), and thus providing a uniform and high color density.
- By contrast, when the ink is deposited on the undercoating liquid which is in an uncured state, either or both of the following occurs: all of the ink d lies within the undercoating liquid U as shown in
FIG. 6A ; a state arises where, as shown inFIG. 6B , the undercoating liquid U is not present below the ink d. - In this case, even when the ink is applied to a high density, the liquid droplets are mutually independent, causing the color density to decrease.
- When the ink is deposited on an undercoating liquid that is completely cured, as shown in
FIG. 6C , a state will arise where the ink d does not lie within the undercoating liquid U. - In this case, interference in the deposition of the droplets arises, as a result of which a uniform ink film cannot be formed and a high color reproducibility cannot be achieved (i.e., this leads to a decrease in color reproducibility).
- Here, when the droplets of ink are applied to a high density, the droplets are not independent of each other. To form a uniform ink film, and also to suppress the occurrence of deposition interference, the quantity of regions where the undercoating liquid (i.e., the undercoat) is uncured per unit surface area is preferably smaller, and more preferably substantially smaller, than the maximum quantity of droplets of ink applied per unit surface area. That is, the relationship between the weight Mu (also referred to as Mundorcoating liquid) of uncured regions of the undercoat per unit surface area and the maximum weight mi (also referred to as mink) of the ink ejected per unit surface area preferably satisfies the condition (mi/30) < Mu < mi, more preferably satisfies the condition (mi/20) < Mu < (mi/3), and most preferably satisfies the condition (mi/10) < Mu < (mi/5). As used herein, the "maximum weight of the ink ejected per unit surface area" refers to the maximum weight per color.
- By letting (mi/30) < Mu, deposition interference can be prevented from occurring. Moreover, a high dot size reproducibility can be achieved. By letting Mu < mi, the ink film can be uniformly formed and a decrease in density can be prevented.
- Here, the weight of uncured regions of the undercoating liquid per unit surface area is determined by a transfer test. Specifically, after completion of the semi-curing step (e.g., after exposure to active energy rays) and before deposition of the ink droplets, a permeable medium such as plain paper is pressed against the undercoating liquid which is in a semi-cured state, and the amount of the undercoating liquid that transfers to the permeable medium is determined by weight measurement.
The measured value is defined as the weight of the uncured regions of the undercoating liquid. - For example, if the maximum amount of ink ejected is set to 12 picoliters per pixel at a deposition density of 600×600 dpi, the maximum weight mi of the ink ejected per unit surface area becomes 0.04 g/cm2 (assuming the density of the ink is about 1.1 g/cm3). Therefore, in this case, the weight Mu per unit surface area of uncured regions of the undercoating liquid is preferably greater than 0.0013 g/cm2 but less than 0.04 g/cm2, more preferably greater than 0.002 g/cm2 but less than 0.013 g/cm2, and most preferably greater than 0.004 g/cm2 but less than 0.008 g/cm2.
- Next, the
support section 15, theimage recording section 16 and theimage fixing section 18 are described. - The
support section 15, which has abody plate 38 and ahead plate 40, supports theimage recording section 16 and theimage fixing section 18. - The
body plate 38 is a plate-like member which is situated between thetransport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34, and is parallel to and spaced at a given interval from the travel path of the recording medium P. In other words, thebody plate 38 is disposed at a position facing the side of the recording medium P transported by thetransport section 12 on which images are to be recorded (also referred to below as the "image recording side"). - The
body plate 38 hasopenings 38a formed therein at positions facing respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K in the subsequently describedimage recording section 16, and hasopenings 38b formed therein at positions oppositerespective UV irradiators image fixing section 18. - The
head plate 40, which has aplate member 40a andlegs 40b, is disposed on the opposite side of thebody plate 38 from the side where the recording medium P is located and is coupled to thebody plate 38. - The
plate member 40a is arranged at a given interval on the opposite side of thebody plate 38 from the recording medium P side, and holds the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of the subsequently describedimage recording section 16. Thelegs 40b are situated at the four corners of theplate member 40a, and are coupled to thebody plate 38. - The
image recording section 16 has arecording head unit 46 andink tanks 50. - The
recording head unit 46 has the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K. - The recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are arranged in this order from the upstream side to the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. Moreover, the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are held by the
head plate 40. Also, the tips of the respective ink ejection portions are disposed so as to face the path of travel by the recording medium P; that is, so as to face the recording medium P which is transported over the travel path by the transport section 12 (also referred to below as simply "facing the recording medium P"). - The recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are full-line, piezoelectric ink-jet heads in which a plurality of orifices (nozzles, ink ejection portions) are arranged at fixed intervals throughout in a direction perpendicular to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, that is, over the entire width of the recording medium P. These recording heads are connected to the subsequently described
control unit 20 and theink tanks 50. The amount of ink droplets ejected by the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K and the ejection timing of the droplets are controlled by thecontrol unit 20. - A color image can be formed on the recording medium P by ejecting inks of various colors-special color (X), yellow (Y), cyan (C), magenta (M) and black (K)--from the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y,-48C, 48M and 48K toward the recording medium P while at the same time having the
transport section 12 transport the recording medium P. - In the present embodiment, the recording heads are piezoelectric (piezo) elements. However, the invention is not limited in this regard. Any of various types of systems may be used in place of a piezo system, such as a thermal jet system which uses a heating element such as a heater to heat the ink and generate bubbles. In this latter system, the pressure of the bubbles propels the droplets of ink.
- Any of various inks, such as white, orange, violet or green ink may be used as the special colored ink discharged from the
recording head 48X. - The inks ejected from the recording heads in the present embodiment are UV-curable inks.
- The
ink tanks 50 are provided for the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K. Therespective ink tanks 50 store inks of various colors for the recording heads, and supplies the stored inks to the corresponding recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K. - In addition, a
tabular platen 56 is disposed at a position facing the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K on the side of the recording medium P where images will not be formed. - The
platen 56 supports the recording medium P which is transported through positions facing the respective recording heads from the side of the recording medium P on which images will not be formed; that is, from the opposite side of the recording medium P to that on which therecording head unit 46 is disposed. In this way, the distance between the recording medium P and the respective recording heads can be made constant, enabling high-resolution images to be formed on the recording medium P. - The shape of the
platen 56 is not limited to a flat plate, and may have a raised, curved surface shape on the recording head side. In such a case, the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K are disposed at fixed distances from the platen. - The
image fixing section 18, which has theUV irradiation units recording head unit 46, thereby semi-curing or curing the image (that is, the ink), and thus fixing the image. - In the practice of the invention, as in the case of the undercoating liquid, "semi-curing the ink" signifies partial curing, and refers to a state where the liquid ink (i.e., ink, colored liquid) is in a partially cured, but not a completely cured, state. When the ink liquid ejected onto the undercoating liquid is semi-cured, the degree of cure may be non-uniform; preferably, the degree of curing proceeds in the depth direction of the ink liquid. In the present embodiment, the ink that is to be semi-cured is in the form of ink droplets which land on the undercoat or recording medium and form an ink layer.
- When this ink is semi-cured and an ink of a different hue is deposited on top of the semi-cured ink, there can be achieved a technical effect which is advantageous to the quality of the resulting print. The mechanism of action may be confirmed by examining a cross-section of the print.
- Semi-curing of the ink (i.e., the ink droplets which have landed on the recording medium or the undercoat, or the ink layer formed from ink droplets which have landed) is explained below.
-
FIG. 7 is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where a second ink db has been deposited onto a semi-cured first ink da.FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic sectional views of recording media where droplets of the second ink db have been deposited onto the first ink da that is in an uncured state, andFIG. 8C is a schematic sectional view of a recording medium where droplets of the second ink db have been deposited onto the first ink da that is in a completely cured state. - When a secondary color is formed by depositing droplets of the second ink db onto the first ink da that has been earlier deposited as droplets, it is preferable to apply the second ink db onto the first ink da with the latter in a semi-cured state.
- Here, the "semi-cured state" of the first ink da is similar to the above-described semi-cured state of the undercoating liquid. As shown in
FIG. 7 , this is a state where, when the second ink db is deposited as droplets onto the first ink da, (1) a portion of the second ink db emerges at the surface of the first ink da, (2) a portion of the second ink db lies within the first ink da, and (3) the first ink da is present below the second ink db. - By semi-curing the ink in this way, a cured film (colored film A) of the first ink da and a cured film (colored film B) of the second ink db can be suitably superimposed, enabling good color reproduction to be achieved.
- By contrast, when the second ink db is deposited as droplets on the first ink da with the latter in an uncured state, either or both of the following occurs: all of the second ink db lies within the first ink da as shown in
FIG. 8A ; a state arises where, as shown inFIG. 8B , the first ink da is not present below the second ink db, In this case, even when the second ink db is applied to a high density, the droplets are independent of each other, causing the color saturation of the secondary color to decrease. - When the second ink db is deposited as droplets on the first ink da which is completely cured, as shown in
FIG. 8C , a state will arise where the second ink db does not lie within the first ink da. This causes interference in the deposition of the droplets to arise, as a result of which a uniform ink film cannot be formed, leading to a decline in color reproducibility. - Here, when the droplets of the second ink db are applied to a high density, the droplets are not independent of each other. To form a uniform film of the second ink db, and also to suppress the occurrence of deposition interference, the quantity of regions where the first ink da is uncured per unit surface area is preferably smaller, and more preferably substantially smaller, than the maximum quantity of droplets of the second ink db applied thereon per unit surface area. That is, the relationship between the weight Mda (also referred to as Mink A) of uncured regions of the first ink da layer per unit surface area and the maximum weight mdb (also referred to as mink B) of the second ink db ejected thereon per unit surface area preferably satisfies the condition (mdb / 30) < Mda < mdb, more preferably satisfies the condition (mdb/20) < Mda < (mdb/3), and most preferably satisfies the condition (mdb/10) < Mda < (mdb/5) .
- By letting (mdb/30) < Mda, deposition interference can be prevented from occurring. Moreover, a high dot size reproducibility can be achieved. By letting Mdn < mdb, a film of the first ink da can be uniformly formed and a decrease in density can be prevented.
- Here, as in the case of the undercoating liquid described above, the weight of the uncured regions of the first ink da per unit surface area is determined by a transfer test. Specifically, after completion of the semi-curing step (e.g., after exposure to active energy rays) and before deposition of the droplets of the second ink db, a permeable medium such as plain paper is pressed against the layer of the first ink da which is in a semi-cured state, and the quantity of the first ink da that transfers to the permeable medium is determined by weight measurement. The measured value is defined as the weight of the uncured regions of the ink liquid.
- For example, if the maximum amount of the second ink db ejected is set to 12 picoliters per pixel at a deposition density of 600×600 dpi, the maximum weight mdb of the second ink db ejected per unit surface area becomes 0.04 g/cm2 (assuming the density of the second ink db to be about 1.1 g/cm3). Therefore, in this case, the weight Mda per unit surface area of uncured regions of the first ink da layer is preferably greater than 0.0013 g/cm2 but less than 0.04 g/cm2, more preferably greater than 0.002 g/cm2 but less than 0.013 g/cm2, and most preferably greater than 0.004 g/cm2 but less than 0.008 g/cm2.
- The
UV irradiation units body plate 38 from the recording medium P, and on the downstream sides of the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C and 48M along the travel path of the recording medium P. In addition, the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a is disposed on the opposite side of thebody plate 38 from the recording medium P, and on the downstream side of therecording head 48K along the travel path of the recording medium P. That is, the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a is positioned on the downstream side of the recording head situated the furthest downstream of all the recording heads along the travel path of the recording medium P. - In other words, as shown in
FIG. 4 , the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K, the respectiveUV irradiation units recording head 48X,UV irradiation unit 52X,recording head 48Y,UV irradiation unit 52Y,recording head 48C,UV irradiation unit 52C,recording head 48M,UV irradiation unit 52M,recording head 48K, final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a. - Here, the
UV irradiation units UV irradiation units UV irradiation units UV irradiation unit 52X applies collectively to all of the above UV irradiation units, including the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a. - Referring to
FIG. 4 , theUV irradiation unit 52X has twoUV irradiators 54. The UV irradiators 54 are disposed serially in a straight line in the width direction of the recording medium P. TheUV irradiation unit 52X irradiates the entire width of the recording medium P with UV light from the twoUV irradiators 54. - The UV irradiators 54 have UV lamps and are disposed on the opposite side of the
body plate 38 from the recording medium P so as to face the travel path by the recording medium P. - The UV lamps are ultraviolet light-emitting light sources which face the recording medium P side and irradiate the recording medium P with UV light. Examples of UV lamps which may be used for this purpose include various UV light sources, such as metal halide lamps and high-pressure mercury vapor lamps.
- The UV lamps are situated at positions which face the
openings 38b in thebody plate 38. UV light emitted from the UV lamps passes through theopenings 38b and reaches the recording medium P. - The
control unit 20 is connected to the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of therecording head unit 46 and, using image data sent from theinput unit 22 as the image recording signals, controls ink ejection/non-ejection by the respective recording heads 48X, 48Y, 4BC, 48M and 48K so as to form images on the recording medium P. - An embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention is described below in further detail by referring to the operation of the ink-
jet recording device 10, that is, its recording action on the recording medium P. -
FIGS. 9A to 9D are views schematically showing steps of forming an image on a recording medium, respectively. - The recording medium P having been let out from the
feed roll 30 is transported in a specified direction (direction "Y" inFIG. 1 ) by rotation of thetransport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34. As described above, the recording medium P in this embodiment is a web with a certain length or more and is transported without being cut. - As shown in
FIG. 9A , the recording medium P having been let out from thefeed roll 30 comes into contact with thecoating roll 60 of theundercoat forming section 13 and the undercoating liquid is applied onto the surface thereof to form an undercoat U. - The
drive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. More specifically, thedrive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate in the direction in which the surface portion where a fixed amount of the undercoating liquid is applied by immersion in thereservoir 64 comes into contact with the recording medium P from the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. In other words, thedrive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate so that the direction of movement of thecoating roll 60 surface and the direction of travel of the recording medium P are opposite to each other at the position where thecoating roll 60 contacts the recording medium P. - The recording medium P on which the undercoat U has been formed by application of the undercoating liquid is further transported by the
transport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34 of thetransport section 12 and passes through the position facing the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14. - As shown in
FIG. 9B , the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 irradiates with ultraviolet light, the recording medium P onto which the undercoating liquid has been applied and which is passing through the position facing thesection 14, thereby semi-curing the undercoat U on the recording medium P. - The recording medium P having thereon the semi-cured undercoating liquid is further transported by the
transport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34 of thetransport section 12 and passes through the position facing therecording head 48X. - The
recording head 48X ejects ink droplets from its ejection orifices to form an image on the recording medium P which is being transported by thetransport section 12 and passing through the position opposed thereto. - More specifically, the
recording head 48X ejects a first ink droplet d1 onto the recording medium P. As shown inFIG. 9C , the first ink droplet d1 ejected from therecording head 48X is deposited onto the surface of the undercoat U. The undercoat U is in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d1. - As shown in
FIG. 9D , therecording head 48X ejects a second ink droplet d2 in proximity to the position where the previously ejected first ink droplet d1 was deposited. In this case, the undercoat U is also in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d2. - In the case where the ink droplets d1 and d2 have been deposited in proximity to each other on the recording medium P, a force acts to make the ink droplets d1 and d2 coalesce, but interference between the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium P is suppressed by the resistance force of the undercoat U against coalescence of the ink droplets because the undercoat U is semi-cured and has an increased viscosity.
- Ink droplets are thus ejected from the
recording head 48X in accordance with the control by thecontrol unit 20 and deposited onto the recording medium P to form an image. - The recording medium P having the image formed by the
recording head 48X is further transported by thetransport section 12 and passes through the position facing theUV irradiation unit 52X disposed downstream from therecording head 48X. - The
UV irradiation unit 52X irradiates the recording medium P passing through the position opposed thereto with ultraviolet light to semi-cure the image formed by therecording head 48X on the recording medium P, that is, semi-cure only the interiors of the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium P. - Thereafter, the recording medium P is further transported and passes in order through the positions facing the
recording head 48Y, theUV irradiation unit 52Y, therecording head 48C, theUV irradiation unit 52C, therecording head 48M, theUV irradiation unit 52M, and therecording head 48K, respectively. As in the case where the recording medium P passed through the positions facing therecording head 48X and its correspondingUV irradiation unit 52X, formation of an image and semi-curing of the formed image are performed each time the recording medium P passes through the positions facing the recording head of each color and its corresponding UV irradiation unit. - After an image has been formed by the
recording head 48K, the recording medium P passes through the position facing the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a. - The final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a irradiates the recording medium P with more intense ultraviolet light than the other UV irradiation units to cure the whole of the images on the recording medium P formed by the various recording heads including the image recorded by the
recording head 48K as well as the undercoating liquid. - A color image is thus formed on the recording medium P.
- The recording medium P having the color image formed thereon is further transported by the
transport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34 to be taken up onto therecovery roll 36. - The ink-
jet recording device 10 thus forms images on the recording medium P. - By thus forming the undercoat on the recording medium with the ink-
jet recording device 10, the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium can be prevented from permeating the recording medium to cause image blurring, thus enabling a high-resolution image to be formed. It also becomes possible to use a recording medium which has a low adhesion to ink droplets, namely, may repel ink droplets having been deposited thereonto. In other words, image recording on various recording media becomes possible. - By using the
coating roll 60 and, moreover, by rotating thecoating roll 60 in a direction opposite to the recording medium P direction of travel to coat undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, the undercoat U having an improved surface state can be formed on the recording medium P. That is, by rotating thecoating roll 60 in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, disruption of the surface of the undercoating liquid on the recording medium P when thecoating roll 60 separates from the recording medium P after having applied undercoating liquid to the recording medium P can be prevented, enabling the undercoat U having a smooth surface and a low surface roughness to be formed on the recording medium P. - Because the surface of the undercoat can be given a smooth shape in this way, it is possible to prevent the visibility at the surface of the recording medium, and more precisely at the surface of the undercoat, from varying with position; that is, even when a white liquid is used as the undercoating liquid, it is possible to prevent the recording medium from being perceived as changing color with position and from being perceived as hazy. By thus preventing color irregularities and haze from arising in the recording medium, prints of a high resolution and a high quality can be produced.
- Also, by using the
coating roll 60 to coat the undercoating liquid, the undercoating liquid can be coated at a high speed, enabling productivity to be increased and also making it possible to simplify the device configuration while reducing the cost. - Even in cases where a clear liquid is used as the undercoating liquid and a clear recording medium is used as the recording medium, because it is possible to form on the recording medium P the undercoat U having a smooth surface, i.e., a low surface roughness, the clarity of the recording medium P and the undercoating liquid can be sustained. That is, the recording medium on which an undercoat has been formed can be prevented from being perceived as hazy, making it possible to achieve a recording medium on which an undercoat of high clarity has been formed.
- It is also possible to use a liquid having a high viscosity as the undercoating liquid.
- When a high viscosity liquid is used as the undercoating liquid, in a system where, for example, the liquid is ejected from an ink-jet head, because ejection as droplets is difficult and clogging of the ejection orifices tends to arise, evenly and uniformly coating the recording medium is a challenge. Moreover, owing to the high viscosity, the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium does not readily yield a low surface roughness with the passage of time; i.e., it does not easily flatten under its own weight after being coated. Hence, it has been difficult to use high-viscosity liquids as the undercoating liquid, and especially to form high-resolution images using such high-viscosity liquids.
- However, as mentioned above, by rotating the coating roll in a direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P and coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, even when a high-viscosity undercoating liquid is employed, the undercoating liquid can be uniformly coated onto the recording medium P, thus enabling an undercoat having a low surface roughness to be formed. Moreover, by using a roll to carry out such coating, it is possible to carry out the coating operation at a high speed.
- Also, using a high-viscosity liquid as the undercoating liquid enables the recording medium selectivity to be further increased. That is, recording media made of materials having various surface energies can be used as the recording medium.
- Hence, in embodiments of the invention, even when a high-viscosity liquid is used as the undercoating liquid, an undercoat having a low surface roughness can be formed, enabling high-resolution images to be formed on various types of recording media. Moreover, because an undercoat can be rapidly formed on the recording medium, it is possible to produce prints at higher speeds.
- The undercoating liquid has a viscosity of preferably at least 10 mPa·s but not more than 500 mpa·s, and more preferably at least 50 mPa·s but not more than 300 mPa·s.
- At an undercoating liquid viscosity of at least 10 mPa·s, and more preferably at least 50 mPa·s, as noted above, it is possible to coat the undercoating liquid onto even a recording medium to which liquid does not readily adhere.
- At an undercoating liquid viscosity of not more than 500 mPa·s, and more preferably not more than 300 mPa·s, it is possible to more reliably achieve a lower surface roughness in the undercoat that is formed on the recording medium P.
- Moreover, it is preferable for the
drive unit 62 to rotate thecoating roll 60 in such a way as to satisfy the condition 0.5≤ W/V ≤ 5.0., where V denotes the velocity of travel (velocity of movement) in millimeters per second (mm/s) by the recording medium P when passing through a position where it comes into contact with thecoating roll 60, i.e., the velocity of travel by the recording medium P between thefeed roll 30 and thetransport roll 32, and W denotes the circumferential velocity in millimeters per second (mm/s) of thecoating roll 30. Here, the circumferential velocity W is the velocity in a direction tangential to the outer peripheral surface of thecoating roll 30, and can be expressed as W = 2πrN, where N is the rotational velocity of thecoating roll 30 in revolutions per sec (rps) and r is the radius of thecoating roll 30 in millimeters (mm). - By having the above ratio W/V be 0.5 or higher, at least a fixed amount of undercoating liquid can be supplied to the recording medium P, making it possible to prevent the retention of an inadequate amount of undercoating liquid on the
coating roll 60 at the position where thecoating roll 60 comes into contact with the recording medium P and to prevent the undercoat formed on the recording medium P from being uneven; that is, irregular coating of the undercoating liquid can be kept from arising. - On the other hand, by having the above ratio W/V be 5.0 or less, it is possible to prevent an excessive amount of undercoating liquid from being fed to the recording medium P and to prevent the undercoat formed on the recording medium P from being uneven; that is, irregular coating of the undercoating liquid can be kept from arising.
- Moreover, the undercoating liquid can be efficiently coated.
- To suitably and reliably achieve the above effects, it is even more preferable for the W/V ratio to satisfy the condition 1.0 ≤ W/V ≤ 3.0.
- It is preferable to set the velocity at which the recording medium P is transported by the transport section to at least 200 mm/s but not more than 600 mm/s. In this way, high-resolution images can be efficiently formed on the recording medium. Moreover, prints can be produced at a high speed. That is, a large amount of recording medium can be printed in a short time.
- Also, by using as the coating roll a roll in which recessed features have been formed at fixed intervals in the surface, that is, by using a gravure roll, the amount of undercoating liquid retained on the surface of the coating roll in areas that come into contact with the recording medium P can be made constant, allowing a fixed amount of undercoating liquid to be coated onto the recording medium, and thus enabling more even formation of the undercoat on the recording medium.
- In addition, by providing a blade, the amount of undercoating liquid coated onto the recording medium can be more reliably held constant, enabling the undercoat to be more evenly formed on the recording medium.
- By thus forming the undercoat more evenly on the recording medium, a higher resolution can be achieved in the images formed on the recording medium.
- To make the amount of undercoating liquid constant, it is desirable that the coating roll be given a shape in which recessed features are formed on the surface at fixed intervals. However, the invention is not limited in this regard; that is, use may also be made of a coating roll which does not have recessed features formed on the surface.
- Also, while providing a blade in an embodiment of the ink-jet recording device of the invention is desirable, it is not critical for such a blade to be included.
- By providing the
positioning unit 68, i.e., thefirst positioning roll 70 and thesecond positioning roll 72, the recording medium P can be prevented from shifting out of the desired position where it comes into contact with thecoating roll 60. That is, the transport path by the recording medium P can be prevented from changing, the positional relationship between thecoating roll 60 and the recording medium P can be stabilized, and the undercoating liquid coated by thecoating roll 60 onto the recording medium P can be made more uniform. - By semi-curing the undercoat in the undercoating liquid semi-curing section as in the present embodiment, even when ink droplets having portions which mutually overlap are deposited on the recording medium, the coalescence of these neighboring ink droplets can be suppressed through interactions between the undercoating liquid and the ink droplets.
- That is, by forming a semi-cured undercoat on the recording medium, the migration of ink droplets can be prevented in cases where ink droplets ejected from the recording heads are deposited in close proximity on the recording medium, such as when ink droplets of a single color having portions which mutually overlap are deposited on a recording medium or even when ink droplets of different colors having portions which mutually overlap are deposited on a recording medium.
- In this way, image bleed, line width non-uniformities such as of fine lines in the image, and color unevenness on colored surfaces can be effectively prevented from occurring, enabling the formation of uniform-width, sharp line shapes, and thus making it possible to carry out the recording of ink-jet images of a high deposition density, such as reversed letters, with good reproducibility of fine features such as fine lines. That is, high-resolution images can be formed on the recording medium.
- By placing a UV irradiation unit between the respective recording heads and semi-curing the ink droplets deposited onto (i.e., the image formed on) the recording medium using the respective recording heads, it is possible to prevent different-color ink droplets deposited at adjacent positions from overlapping and to keep the deposited ink droplets from migrating.
- It is preferred to irradiate the recording medium with ultraviolet light in a period of several hundred milliseconds to 5 seconds after the ink droplets have been deposited from the recording head on the recording medium to semi-cure the ink droplets deposited thereon.
- By thus semi-curing the ink droplets in the period of several hundred milliseconds to 5 seconds after their deposition, the ink droplets on the recording medium can be prevented from getting out of shape, enabling a high-resolution image to be formed.
- When the semi-cured state of the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is realized by a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound that is initiated by the irradiation of active energy rays or heating, to enhance the scuff resistance of the print, the unpolymerization ratio (i.e., Aafter polymerization/Abefore polymerization) is preferably at least 0.2 but not more than 0.9, more preferably at least 0.3 but not more than 0.9, and most preferably at least 0.5 but not more than 0.9.
- Here, Abefore polymerization is the infrared absorption peak absorbance attributable to polymerizable groups before the polymerization reaction, and Aafter polymerization is the infrared absorption peak absorbance attributable to polymerizable groups after the polymerization reaction.
- For example, when the polymerizable compound included in the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is an acrylate monomer or a methacrylate monomer, absorption peaks based on polymerizable groups (acrylate groups, methacrylate groups) can be observed near 810 cm-1. Accordingly, the above unpolymerization ratio is preferably defined in terms of the absorbances of these peaks. When the polymerizable compound is an oxetane compound, an absorption peak based on polymerizable groups (oxetane rings) can be observed near 986 cm-1. The above unpolymerization ratio is thus preferably defined in terms of the absorbance of this peak. When the polymerizable compound is an epoxy compound, an absorption peak based on the polymerizable groups (epoxy groups) can be observed near 750 cm-1. Hence, the above unpolymerization ratio is preferably defined in terms of the absorbance of this peak.
- A commercial infrared spectrophotometer may be used as the means for measuring the infrared absorption spectrum. The spectrophotometer may be either a transmission-type or reflection-type system. Suitable selection according to the form of the sample is preferred. Measurement may be carried out using, for example, an FTS-6000 infrared spectrophotometer manufactured by Bio-Rad.
- In the case of a curing reaction based on an ethylenically unsaturated compound or a cyclic ether, the unpolymerization ratio may be quantitatively measured from the percent conversion of ethylenically unsaturated groups or cyclic ether groups.
- The method used to semi-cure the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is exemplified by known thickening methods, e.g., (1) methods that use an agglomerating effect, such as by furnishing a basic compound to an acidic polymer or by furnishing an acidic compound and a metal compound to a basic polymer; (2) methods wherein the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is prepared beforehand at a high viscosity, then the viscosity is lowered by adding thereto a low-boiling organic solvent, after which the low-boiling organic solvent is evaporated so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; (3) methods in which the undercoating liquid and/or the ink prepared at a high viscosity is first heated, then is cooled so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; and (4) methods in which the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by exposing the undercoating liquid and/or the ink to active energy rays or heat. Of these, (4) methods in which the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by exposing the undercoating liquid and/or the ink to active energy rays or heat are preferred.
- "Methods in which the undercoating liquid and/or the ink is semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by exposing the undercoating liquid and/or the ink to active energy rays or heat" refers herein to methods in which the polymerization reaction on polymerizable compounds at the surface of the undercoating liquid and/or the ink furnished to the recording medium is carried out incompletely. At the surface of the undercoating liquid and/or the ink, compared with the interior thereof, the polymerization reaction tends to be inhibited by the influence of oxygen present in air. Therefore, by controlling the conditions of exposure to active energy rays or heat, it is possible to trigger the reaction for semi-curing the undercoating liquid and/or the ink.
- The amount of energy required to semi-cure the undercoating liquid and/or the ink varies with the type and content of polymerization initiator. When the energy is applied by active energy rays, an amount of about 1 to about 500 mJ/cm2 is generally preferred. When the energy is applied as heat, from 0.1 to 1 second of heating under temperature conditions where the surface temperature of the recording medium falls within a temperature range of 40 to 80°C is preferred.
- The application of active energy rays or heat, such as with active rays or heating, promotes the generation of active species by decomposition of the polymerization initiator. At the same time, the increase in active species or the rise in temperature promotes the curing reaction through polymerization or crosslinking of polymerizable or crosslinkable materials induced by the active species.
- A thickening (rise in thickness) may also be suitably carried out by exposure to active rays or by heating.
- The inner layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets has a viscosity at 25°C of preferably at least 5,000 mPa·s.
- The surface layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets has a viscosity at 25°C of preferably at least 100 mPa·s but not more than 5,000 mPa·s.
- The viscosity at 25°C of the inner layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets is preferably at least 1.5 times, more preferably at least 2 times, and even more preferably at least 3 times, the viscosity at 25°C of the surface layer of the semi-cured undercoat and/or ink droplets.
- By setting the viscosity within the foregoing ranges, the undercoat and/or ink droplets can be suitably semi-cured.
- The degree of polymerization by polymerizable compounds at the surface of the semi-cured undercoating liquid (undercoat) and/or the ink droplets is preferably at least 1% but not more than 70%, more preferably at least 5% but not more than 60%, and even more preferably at least 10% but not more than 50%. Here, the degree of polymerization may be measured by a suitable technique such as infrared spectroscopy.
- By setting the degree of polymerization within the foregoing range, the undercoat can be suitably semi-cured.
- Moreover, by configuring the UV irradiation unit so as to include a plurality of linearly arrayed UV irradiators as in the present embodiment, i.e., in such a way that the recording medium is irradiated over its entire width with UV light by a plurality of UV irradiators, the regions that are UV-irradiated by the respective UV irradiators can be made smaller, enabling the use of low-cost light sources as the UV lamps, and also making it possible to use low-cost drive mechanisms. The cost of the ink-jet recording device can be reduced in this way. Of course, it is possible instead to have each UV irradiation unit composed of a single UV irradiator, although such an arrangement will increase the cost of the ink-jet recording device.
- In the present embodiment, the UV irradiators are linearly arrayed as straight lines which are perpendicular to the direction of travel by the recording medium. However, it is also possible to array the UV irradiators at different positions in the direction of travel by the recording medium, such as in a staggered arrangement on a plurality of parallel straight lines which are perpendicular to the direction of travel.
- UV irradiators may be used in the undercoating liquid semi-curing section.
- Moreover, in the present embodiment, the UV lamps in the UV irradiators may be linearly arrayed on straight lines perpendicular to the direction of travel by the recording medium, or may be arrayed in a staggered arrangement on a plurality of parallel straight lines perpendicular to the direction of travel.
- On the travel path by the recording medium, the UV irradiation unit corresponding to the recording head disposed on the furthest downstream side serves as the final UV irradiation unit for curing and, because it emits higher intensity UV light than the other UV irradiation units, has the ability to reliably cure images that have been formed on the recording medium.
- The undercoating liquid semi-curing section and/or UV irradiation units may also be provided with shutters which open and close and are capable of shielding out UV light that is irradiated on the side of the recording medium P.
- By providing a shutter and shielding out UV light that is irradiated, more UV light than necessary can be prevented from leaking to the recording medium P side, thus making it possible to prevent the recording heads from being irradiated by UV light reflected by the recording medium P and to prevent ink in the recording heads from curing. Moreover, by providing a shutter, it is possible to switch between UV light irradiation and non-irradiation without turning on and off the light sources such as UV lamps.
- It is also desirable to subject regions in the vicinity of the UV irradiators 54 to antireflective treatment (e.g., black, delustering treatment).
- In the ink-
jet recording device 10 of the present embodiment, to provide the undercoat forming section with a simpler construction, the portion of the recording medium P which comes into contact with the coating roll in the undercoat forming section is transported with the side on which images are to be formed facing downward. However, the invention is not limited in this regard. - For example, as shown in
Fig. 10 , advantageous use can also be made of an ink-jet recording device 80 in which the recording medium P has a linear travel path. - An
undercoat forming section 82 of the ink-jet recording device 80 is configured so that ablade 86 comes into touching contact with the surface of acoating roller 84 on arecovery roll 36 side thereof (i.e., the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P), thereby causing undercoating liquid to accumulate in a space that is formed above the area of touching contact between the coatingroller 84 and the blade 86 (which space is referred to below as a "reservoir 88"). - A
drive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 84 to rotate in the opposite direction to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. If necessary, the undercoating liquid is supplied from a feed tank (not shown) to thereservoir 88. - The
coating roll 84 in theundercoat forming section 82 passes through thereservoir 88 and a predetermined amount of undercoating liquid is retained on the surface thereof, following which thecoating roll 84 comes into contact with the surface of the recording medium P and applies the undercoating liquid onto the surface of the recording medium P. - The ink-
jet recording device 80 is also able, by causing thecoating roll 84 to rotate in the opposite direction to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, to form on the recording medium P the undercoat U having an improved surface state. That is, the undercoat U having a low surface roughness can be formed on the recording medium P, thereby enabling the formation of high-resolution images. - Even when the
undercoating liquid reservoir 88 is provided above thecoating roll 84 as in the present embodiment, by having theblade 86 come into touching contact with thecoating roll 84, the leakage of undercoating liquid from thereservoir 88 can be prevented, thus making it possible to prevent more undercoating liquid than necessary from being coated onto the recording medium P. - In the present embodiment, by disposing UV irradiators between recording heads of the respective ink colors and curing the image areas on the recording medium each time an image is recorded at each of the respective recording heads, as noted above, it is possible to prevent ink of different colors from intermingling, thus enabling higher resolution images to be formed. Accordingly, a UV irradiation unit was positioned at each of the recording heads. However, the present invention is not limited in this regard. To illustrate, in an alternative arrangement, a single UV irradiation unit may be disposed for a plurality of recording heads.
- For example, advantageous use may also be made of an ink-
jet recording device 90 in which, as shown inFIG. 11 , animage fixing section 91 only includes a final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a. - In this ink-
jet recording device 90, anundercoat forming section 13 coats an undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, following which an undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14 exposes the top of the recording medium P to UV light, thereby semi-curing the undercoating liquid. Next, an image is formed on the recording medium P byrecording heads - In the present embodiment, the recording head unit has recording heads of a total of five colors consisting of a special color (X) and yellow (Y), cyan (C), magenta (M)and black (K). However, it is also possible to employ a recording head unit having other combinations of heads, including a recording head unit having heads for only the four colors CMYK, or a recording head unit having heads for six or more colors, including another special color head. The recording heads of the respective colors may be disposed in any order without any particular limitation.
- Nor is the invention limited to requiring the disposition of a plurality of recording heads. That is, an ink-jet recording device being an embodiment of the invention may be one which uses a single recording head to form an image on the recording medium, then irradiates the image with UV.light to form a single-color image.
- Here, as noted above, to give the image formed on the recording medium a higher resolution, it is preferable to semi-cure the undercoating liquid. However, the invention is not limited in this regard. It is possible to completely cure the undercoating liquid applied onto the recording medium, then eject ink droplets onto the recording medium (more precisely, onto the cured undercoat) so as to form an image. Alternatively, ink droplets may be ejected onto the recording medium (more precisely, onto the undercoat) without first curing the undercoating liquid applied onto the recording medium, so as to form an image, then irradiated with active light so as to cure both the image areas and the undercoat on the recording medium at the same time.
- Even in cases where the undercoat is thus not semi-cured, when the recording medium P is coated with an undercoating liquid by using the
coating roll 60 and having thecoating roll 60 rotate in the opposite direction to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, the undercoat U having an improved surface state can be formed on the recording medium P, thus enabling high-resolution images to be obtained. - The method of semi-curing the undercoating liquid (undercoat) and/or ink is not limited to the above-described method. Other methods that may be used for this purpose include known thickening methods, such as methods that use an agglomerating effect, such as by furnishing a basic compound to an acidic polymer or by furnishing an acidic compound and a metal compound to a basic polymer; methods wherein the undercoating liquid (ink) is prepared beforehand to a high viscosity, then the viscosity is lowered by adding thereto a low-boiling organic solvent, after which the low-boiling organic solvent is evaporated so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; methods in which the undercoating liquid (ink) prepared at a high viscosity is first heated, then is cooled so as to return the liquid to its original high viscosity; and methods in which the undercoating liquid (ink) is semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by applying heat to the undercoating liquid (ink).
- Of these, methods in which the undercoating liquid and ink are semi-cured through a curing reaction induced by the application of heat or by irradiation with the above-described active energy rays are preferred.
- In the present embodiment, an active ray-curable undercoating liquid and active ray-curable inks were used as the undercoating liquid and inks, and curing was effected by irradiating the undercoating liquid and inks with active rays. However, the invention is not limited in this regard. That is, use may be made of undercoating liquids and inks other than those which are active ray-curable. For example, images may be formed by means already known in the art using heat-curable inks. Likewise, a heat-curable liquid may be used as the undercoating liquid.
- An ink-jet recording device according to still further embodiment of the invention is described below.
-
FIG. 12 is a front view showing, in simplified form, an ink-jet recording device 600 being an embodiment of the invention.FIG. 13 is an enlarged front view showing anundercoat forming section 13, an undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 and their peripheral portions in the ink-jet recording device 600 shown inFIG. 12 . - The ink-
jet recording device 600 shown inFIG. 12 is configured in the same manner as the ink-jet recording device 10 shown inFIG. 1 aside from the position where the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 is arranged, the positional relation between theundercoat forming section 13 and the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14, and alight shielding member 602 provided. Like elements in both embodiments are thus denoted by the same reference symbols and repeated explanations of such elements are omitted. The following description focuses on the distinctive features of the ink-jet recording device 600. - As shown in
FIG. 12 , the ink-jet recording device 600 has atransport section 12 which transports the recording medium P, theundercoat forming section 13 which coats the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 which semi-cures the undercoating liquid that has been coated onto the recording medium P, asupport section 15 disposed opposite a path of travel by the recording medium P which is transported by thetransport section 12, animage recording section 16 which is supported by thesupport section 15 and which records an image on the recording medium P, animage fixing section 18 which is supported by thesupport section 15 and which fixes the image recorded on the recording medium P, and acontrol unit 20 which controls the ejection of ink droplets from theimage recording section 16. - An
input unit 22 is connected to thecontrol unit 20 of the ink-jet recording device 600. - The
transport section 12, which has afeed roll 30, atransport roll 32, atransport roller pair 34 and arecovery roll 36, feeds, transports and recovers the recording medium P. - Since the arrangement position and function of each element of the
transport section 12 are the same as those in thetransport section 12 of the above-mentioned ink-jet recording device 10, their detailed description is omitted. - The
undercoat forming section 13 is situated between thefeed roll 30 and thetransport roll 32; that is, on the downstream side of thefeed roll 30 and on the upstream side of thetransport roll 32 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. - The
undercoat forming section 13 has acoating roll 60 for coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, adrive unit 62 which drives thecoating roll 60, areservoir 64 which supplies the undercoating liquid to thecoating roll 60, ablade 66 which adjusts the amount of undercoating liquid picked up by thecoating roll 60, and apositioning unit 68 which supports the recording medium P so that the recording medium P assumes a predetermined position relative to thecoating roll 60. - Since each element of the
undercoat forming section 13 is configured in the same manner as in theundercoat forming section 13 of the above-mentioned ink-jet recording device 10, its detailed description is omitted. - As mentioned above, in the
undercoat forming section 13, thedrive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. After being immersed in the undercoating liquid which has accumulated in thereservoir 64, the surface of therotating coating roll 60 comes into touching contact with theblade 66, thereby setting the amount of undercoating liquid retained on the surface to a fixed amount, then comes into contact with the recording medium P, thereby coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P. By thus rotating thecoating roll 60 in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P and coating the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P, a layer of undercoating liquid (referred to below as the "undercoat") that has been smoothened and has a good, even, coating surface state can be formed on the recording medium P. - The
undercoat forming section 13 thus forms the undercoat on the surface of the recording medium P by rotating thecoating roll 60 and coating the undercoating liquid onto the surface of the recording medium P. - Then, the undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 has a UV lamp and is disposed so as to face the travel path of the recording medium P. The UV lamp is a light source which emits ultraviolet light and illustrative examples that may be used include metal halide lamps, high-pressure mercury vapor lamps and various other UV light sources. - The undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 irradiates the entire width of the recording medium P which passes through a position opposed thereto with UV light. - The undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 irradiates with UV light the recording medium P which passes through the position opposed thereto and has the undercoating liquid applied onto the surface thereof to make the undercoating liquid applied onto the surface of the recording medium P semi-cured. In short, the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 semi-cures the undercoating liquid applied onto the recording medium P. - The relation between the
undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14 is described below. - As shown in
FIG. 13 , theundercoat forming section 13 and the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14 are disposed at positions satisfying the relation:
where the length in the travel path of the recording medium P between a position C at which the undercoating liquid is applied to the recording medium P in the undercoat forming section 13 (hereinafter also referred to simply as "application position C") and a position at which ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 semi-cures the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P, in other words, a position H at which the recording medium P having the undercoating liquid applied thereto is irradiated with ultraviolet light from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 (hereinafter also referred to simply as "semi-curing position H") is denoted by X (mm) and the velocity at which the recording medium P is transported by thetransport section 12 between the application position C and the semi-curing position H is denoted by V (mm/s). - More precisely, the "application position C" as used herein is a position on the most upstream side, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, of the region where the
undercoat forming section 13 applies the undercoating liquid to the recording medium P. In other words, the application position C is a position at which the undercoating liquid is first applied to the recording medium P transported from thefeed roll 30. - The "semi-curing position H" is, more precisely, an intermediate point, in the direction of travel by the recording medium P, of the region on the recording medium P which is irradiated with ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14. - By disposing the
undercoat forming section 13 and the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14 at positions satisfying the relation: X ≤ 5V, the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P can be semi-cured before permeating it, thus preventing the undercoating liquid from permeating the recording medium P. This point is described later in further detail. - Next, the
light shielding member 602 which is a member for blocking out ultraviolet light or other active rays is disposed on the downstream side of thetransport roll 60 of theundercoat forming section 13. - The
light shielding member 602 blocks out ultraviolet light that was emitted from the UV lamp of the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 and leaked to theundercoat forming section 13 side, thereby preventing the ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 from reaching theundercoat forming section 13. The undercoating liquid to be applied to the recording medium P is thus prevented from being cured by the ultraviolet light emitted from the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14. Theundercoat forming section 13 and the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14 can be thus disposed in proximity to each other by arranging thelight shielding member 602 on the downstream side of theundercoat forming section 13. - Since the
support section 15,image recording section 16,image fixing section 18 andcontrol unit 20 are configured in the same manner as thesupport section 15,image recording section 16,image fixing section 18 andcontrol unit 20 of the above-mentioned ink-jet recording device 10, their detailed description is omitted. - An embodiment of the ink-jet recording device of the invention is described below in further detail by referring to the operation of the ink-
jet recording device 600, that is, its recording action on the recording medium P. -
FIGS. 14A to 14D are views schematically showing steps of forming an image on a recording medium, respectively. - The recording medium P having been let out from the
feed roll 30 is transported in a specified direction (direction "Y" inFIG. 14A ) by rotation of thetransport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34. As described above, the recording medium P in this embodiment is a web with a certain length or more and is transported without being cut. - As shown in
FIG. 14A , the recording medium P having been let out from thefeed roll 30 comes into contact with thecoating roll 60 of theundercoat forming section 13 and the undercoating liquid is applied onto the surface thereof to form an undercoat U. - The
drive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. More specifically, thedrive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate in the direction in which the surface portion where a fixed amount of the undercoating liquid is applied by immersion in thereservoir 64 comes into contact with the recording medium P from the downstream side in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. In other words, thedrive unit 62 causes thecoating roll 60 to rotate so that the direction of movement of thecoating roll 60 surface and the direction of travel of the recording medium P are opposite to each other at the position where thecoating roll 60 contacts the recording medium P. - The recording medium P on which the undercoat U has been formed by application of the undercoating liquid is further transported by the
transport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34 of thetransport section 12 and passes through the position facing the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14. - As shown in
FIG. 14B , the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 irradiates with ultraviolet light, the recording medium P onto which the undercoating liquid has been applied and which is passing through the position facing thesection 14, thereby semi-curing the undercoat U on the recording medium P (forming a semi-cured film). - In the ink-
jet recording device 600 being an embodiment of the invention, the travel distance X of the recording medium P between the application position C and the semi-curing position H and the travel velocity V of the recording medium P satisfy the relation: X ≤ 5V. - Therefore, within 5 seconds after the application of the undercoating liquid in the
undercoat forming section 13, the recording medium P is irradiated with ultraviolet light on the surface having the undercoating liquid applied thereto, that is, the surface having the undercoat formed thereon. - The undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P is thus semi-cured within 5 seconds after the application. In other words, the undercoat U on the recording medium P is semi-cured (the semi-cured film is formed) within 5 seconds after the formation of the undercoat U.
- The recording medium P having thereon the semi-cured undercoating liquid is further transported by the
transport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34 of thetransport section 12 and passes through the position facing arecording head 48X. - The
recording head 48X ejects ink droplets from its ejection orifices to form an image on the recording medium P which is being transported by thetransport section 12 and passing through the position opposed thereto. - More specifically, the
recording head 48X ejects a first ink droplet d1 onto the recording medium P. As shown inFIG. 14C , the first ink droplet d1 ejected from therecording head 48X is deposited onto the surface of the undercoat U. The undercoat U is in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d1. - As shown in
FIG. 14D , therecording head 48X ejects a second ink droplet d2 in proximity to the position where the previously ejected first ink droplet d1 was deposited. In this case, the undercoat U is also in a semi-cured state and has an uncured surface, and is therefore receptive to the ink droplet d2. - In the case where the ink droplets d1 and d2 have been deposited in proximity to each other on the recording medium P, a force acts to make the ink droplets d1 and d2 coalesce, but interference between the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium P is suppressed by the resistance force of the undercoat U against coalescence of the ink droplets because the undercoat U is semi-cured and has an increased surface viscosity.
- Ink droplets are thus ejected from the recording,
head 48X in accordance with the control by thecontrol unit 20 and deposited onto the recording medium P to form an image. - The recording medium P having the image formed by the
recording head 48X is further transported by thetransport section 12 and passes through the position facing aUV irradiation unit 52X disposed downstream from therecording head 48X. - The
UV irradiation unit 52X irradiates the recording medium P passing through the position opposed thereto with ultraviolet light to semi-cure the image formed by therecording head 48X on the recording medium P, that is, semi-cure the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium P. - Thereafter, the recording medium P is further transported and passes in order through the positions facing a
recording head 48Y, aUV irradiation unit 52Y, arecording head 48C, aUV irradiation unit 52C, arecording head 48M, aUV irradiation unit 52M, and arecording head 48K, respectively. As in the case where the recording medium P passed through the positions facing therecording head 48X and its correspondingUV irradiation unit 52X, formation of an image and semi-curing of the formed image are performed each time the recording medium P passes through the positions facing the recording head of each color and its corresponding UV irradiation unit. - After an image has been formed by the
recording head 48K, the recording medium P passes through the position facing a final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a. - The final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a irradiates the recording medium P with more intense ultraviolet light than the other UV irradiation units to cure the images on the recording medium P formed by the various recording heads including the image recorded by the
recording head 48K as well as the undercoating liquid. - A color image is thus formed on the recording medium P.
- The recording medium P having the color image formed thereon is further transported by the
transport roll 32 and thetransport roller pair 34 to be taken up onto therecovery roll 36. - The ink-
jet recording device 600 thus forms images on the recording medium P. - By thus forming the undercoat on the recording medium with the ink-
jet recording device 600, the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium can be prevented from permeating the recording medium to cause image blurring, thus enabling a high-resolution image to be formed. It also becomes possible to use a recording medium which has a low adhesion to ink droplets, namely, may repel ink droplets having been deposited thereonto. In other words, image recording on various recording media such as metals absorbing no ink becomes possible. - In addition, since the travel velocity (mm/s) and the travel distance X (mm) satisfy the relation: X ≤ 5V, the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P in the
undercoat forming section 13 can be semi-cured in the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14 within 5 seconds after the application of the undercoating liquid. - The undercoating liquid provided (applied in this embodiment) to the recording medium can be prevented from permeating the recording medium P. More specifically, the undercoating liquid is semi-cured within 5 seconds after its application to form the semi-cured film on the recording medium, whereby the undercoating liquid can be prevented from permeating the recording medium P.
- Application of the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P can prevent the undercoating liquid from permeating the recording medium P, thus keeping color changes from occurring from position to position on the recording medium due to permeation of the undercoating liquid into the recording medium P or portions where the liquid permeates from looking wet even after the liquid has been dried or cured. Unnecessary unevenness or gloss can be kept from occurring on the recording medium surface to enable production of higher quality prints.
- Even in the case of using a highly permeable medium, the undercoating liquid having been semi-cured within 5 seconds after its application permeates the recording medium, thus preventing gloss, color unevenness or other defects from occurring on the recording medium. Therefore, image recording on various recording media becomes possible, which will offer a high degree of selectivity for the recording medium and a capability to produce higher-resolution and higher-quality prints. The "highly permeable medium" as used herein refers to a recording medium in which, when an undercoating liquid or an ink composition with a volume of 10 pL was dripped on the surface (on the recording medium), it takes at least 100 ms for the whole of the dripped liquid or ink composition to permeate the recording medium.
- The relation between the travel velocity V (mm/s) and the travel distance X (mm) is adjusted by the position of the
undercoat forming section 13 and the position of the undercoating liquid semi-curing section 14 (more specifically the position where ultraviolet light is applied), but this is not the sole case of the invention but this relation may be adjusted by the travel velocity V (mm/s). The semi-curing position H can also be adjusted by, for example, changing the direction in which ultraviolet light is emitted from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section. - The
transport section 12 transports the recording medium P at a travel velocity V of preferably from 200 mm/s to 600 mm/s. Within this range, high-resolution images can be formed with high efficiency on the recording medium. It becomes possible to produce prints at high speed, namely, to produce a large quantity of prints from the recording medium within a short period of time. - In the ink-
jet recording device 600 being an embodiment of the invention, the relation between the travel distance X (mm) from the application position C to the semi-curing position H, and the travel velocity V (mm/s) more preferably satisfy the relation: X ≤ 2V. When the travel velocity v (mm/s) and the travel distance X (mm) satisfy the above relation, the undercoating liquid applied to the recording medium P in theundercoat forming section 13 can be semi-cured by irradiating the recording medium P with ultraviolet light from the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 within 2 seconds from the undercoating liquid application. - This further ensures that the undercoating liquid is prevented from permeating the recording medium to achieve the above-mentioned effects more reliably and produce higher-resolution and higher-quality prints.
- In this embodiment, by providing the light shielding member downstream from the undercoat forming section, in other words, between the undercoat forming section and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section, ultraviolet light from the undercoating liquid semi-curing section can be prevented from being applied to the undercoat forming section, resulting in improvement in the flexibility of the layout of the undercoating liquid semi-curing section. The undercoat forming section and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section may be disposed in proximity to each other.
- The undercoat U with an improved surface state can be formed on the recording medium P by using the
coating roll 60 as in the ink-jet recording device 10 in such a manner that the undercoating liquid is applied onto the recording medium P through its rotation in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. - Because the surface of the undercoat can be given a smooth shape in this way, it is possible to prevent the visibility at the surface of the recording medium, and more precisely at the surface of the undercoat, from varying with position; that is, even when a white liquid is used as the undercoating liquid, it is possible to prevent the recording medium from being perceived as changing color with position and from being perceived as hazy. By thus preventing color irregularities and haze from arising in the recording medium, prints of a high resolution and a high quality can be produced.
- Also, by using the
coating roll 60 to coat the undercoating liquid, the undercoating liquid can be coated at a high speed, enabling productivity to be increased and also making it possible to simplify the device configuration while reducing the cost. - Even in the case where the undercoat forming section and the undercoating liquid semi-curing section are disposed, as in the ink-
jet recording device 600, at positions where the travel velocity V (mm/s) and the travel distance X (mm) satisfy the relation: X ≤ 5V, the ink-jet recording device 600 is not limited to the above-mentioned form but may adopt any of various forms as in the ink-jet recording device 10. - In the ink-
jet recording device 600, the recording medium P is transported in the direction in which the recording medium surface which comes into contact with the coating roll in the undercoat forming section to form an image thereon faces downward. However, this is not the sole case of the invention but the recording medium P may be transported along a linear travel path as in the above-mentioned ink-jet recording device 80, because the undercoat forming section can have a simpler structure. - In the ink-
jet recording device 600, by disposing UV irradiators between recording heads of the respective ink colors and curing the image areas on the recording medium each time an image is recorded at each of the recording heads, as noted above, it is possible to prevent ink of different colors from intermingling, thus enabling higher-resolution images to be formed. Accordingly, a UV irradiation unit was positioned at each of the recording heads. However, the present invention is not limited in this regard. To illustrate, in an alternative arrangement, a single UV irradiation unit may be disposed for a plurality of recording heads. - For example, advantageous use may also be made of an ink-jet recording device in which an
image fixing section 91 only includes a final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a as in the above-mentioned ink-jet recording medium 90. - The ink-
jet recording device 600 is capable of forming the undercoat U with an improved surface state on the recording medium P, so the undercoating liquid is applied onto the recording medium P by using thecoating roll 60 in theundercoat forming section 13 in such a manner that the coating liquid is applied onto the recording medium P through its rotation in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. However, this is not the sole case of the invention, but any of various application methods satisfying the relation: - Also in the case of applying the undercoating liquid to the recording medium by any another method than the method using the coating roll, if the relation: X ≤ 5V [where the distance of travel of the recording medium between the position C at which the undercoating liquid is applied onto the recording medium from an undercoating liquid applying means and the position H at which the recording medium having the undercoating liquid applied thereonto is irradiated with ultraviolet light from an undercoating liquid semi-curing section to semi-cure the undercoating liquid on the recording medium is denoted by X (mm) and the travel velocity of the recording medium P is denoted by V (mm/s)] is satisfied, the undercoating liquid can be prevented from permeating the recording medium P, thus offering the above-mentioned various effects such as a capability to form high-resolution images on the recording medium.
- The digital label printer using an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention is described below.
-
FIG. 15 is a front view showing, in simplified form, a digital label printer which uses an ink-jet recording device according to one embodiment of the invention,FIG. 16 is a block diagram illustrating a control unit for controlling the digital label printer shown inFIG. 15 , andFIG. 17 is a longitudinal sectional view of a recording medium P for printing labels such as may be used in the digital label printer shown inFIG. 15 . - A digital label printer in the present embodiment records an image onto a web-type recording medium P for printing labels (also referred to below as simply "recording medium") at an image forming section, then makes label-shaped slits in the medium P with a die cutter in a post-treatment section. In addition, the printer carries out, as a subsequent step, a waste removal operation in which unnecessary portions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet are peeled from the backing sheet (peel sheet) and removed.
- In each of the embodiments appearing below, an active ray curing-type digital label printer which uses a UV-curable ink as the active ray-curable ink that cures upon exposure to active rays is described by way of illustration. However, the invention is not limited in this regard, and may be applied to digital label printers which use any of various kinds of active ray-curable inks, as well as to any other type of digital label printer.
- Referring to
FIG. 17 , the recording medium P used in the present embodiment has a two-layer construction composed of apeel sheet 182 as a backing sheet on which is laminated a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 coated on the back side thereof with a pressure-sensitive adhesive 180a, - As shown in
FIG. 15 , adigital label printer 100 has atransport section 110; anundercoat forming section 13; an undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14; animage forming section 112 including asupport section 15, animage recording section 16 and animage fixing section 18; apost-treatment section 114; and acontrol unit 116. - Here, the
transport section 110 transports the web-type recording medium P for printing labels in a fixed direction (from left to right inFIG. 15 ). Theimage forming section 112 and thepost-treatment section 114 are arranged in this order in the direction of travel of the recording medium P; that is, in the upstream to downstream direction, more specifically in the order of theundercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14, theimage forming section 112 and thepost-treatment section 114. Although partially not shown inFIG. 15 , thecontrol unit 116 is connected to theundercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14, thetransport section 110, theimage forming section 112 and thepost-treatment section 114, and controls their respective operations. - The
transport section 110 has afeed roll 30, atransport roll 32, transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132, aproduct roll 134, andtransport motors - The
feed roll 30 has the web-type recording medium P for printing labels wound thereon in the form of a roll. - The
transport roll 32 and the transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132 are arranged in this order from the upstream to the downstream side of the travel path of the recording medium P. Thetransport roll 32 and the transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132 let out the recording medium P from thefeed roll 30, and transport the recording medium P in a given direction (in the present embodiment, from left to right inFIG. 15 ). - As in the ink-
jet recording device 10 described above, thetransport roll 32 changes the travel path of the recording medium P from the obliquely upward direction to the horizontal direction. - The
product roll 134, which is disposed the furthest downstream on the recording medium P travel path, i.e., in the direction of transport, takes up the recording medium P that has been transported over the travel path by thetransport roll 32 and the transport roller pairs 126, 128, 130 and 132 and has passed through theundercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14, theimage forming section 112, and thepost-treatment section 114. - The
transport motors transport roller pair 128 and theproduct roll 134, and rotatably drive thetransport roller pair 128 and theproduct roll 134. - That is, in the present embodiment, the
transport roller pair 128 and theproduct roll 134 connected to thetransport motors transport roll 32 are driven rollers which rotate with movement of the recording medium P and regulate the recording medium P on the travel path. - In the
transport section 110, thetransport motors transport roller pair 128 and theproduct roll 134. Through this arrangement, the recording medium P is let out from thefeed roll 30, passes through theundercoat forming section 13, the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14, theimage forming section 112, and thepost-treatment section 114, and is taken up onto theproduct roll 134. - In the present embodiment, a transport buffer is provided between the
image forming section 112 and thepost-treatment section 114. - By providing such a transport buffer, it is possible to absorb slack that arises in a web-type recording medium P for printing labels due to a difference between the transport speed in the
image forming section 112 and that in thepost-treatment section 114, thus enabling the labels to be efficiently produced. - The
transport motors transport motor controller 195 and their rotational speeds thereby controlled. This in turn controls the speed at which the web-type recording medium P for printing labels is transported by thetransport section 110. - No particular limitation is imposed on the transport roller pairs which function as drive roller pairs. For example, transport motors may be provided for all the transport roller pairs, so that all the transport roller pairs function as drive roller pairs.
- As described above, the
undercoat forming section 13 includes acoating roll 60, adrive unit 62, areservoir 64, ablade 66 and apositioning unit 68. The layout and function of each element of theundercoat forming section 13 are the same as those in theundercoat forming section 13 of the ink-jet recording device 10 as described above, and therefore their detailed description is omitted. - The
coating roll 60 of theundercoat forming section 13 contacts the recording medium P as it is rotated in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P, whereby the undercoating liquid is applied onto the surface of the recording medium P. - The undercoat is thus formed on the surface of the recording medium P.
- The undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 is disposed on the downstream side of theundercoat forming section 13 in the direction of travel by the recording medium P. The layout and function of the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 in this embodiment are the same as those of the undercoating liquidsemi-curing section 14 of the ink-jet recording device described above and therefore their detailed description is omitted here. - The undercoating liquid
semi-curing section 14 semi-cures the undercoat by irradiating with ultraviolet light the recording medium P which has the undercoat formed thereon through application of the undercoating liquid and which is transported by thetransport section 110 to pass through the position opposed thereto. - The
image forming section 112 includes thesupport section 15, theimage recording section 16 and theimage fixing section 18. - The
support section 15, theimage recording section 16 and theimage fixing section 18 are configured in the same manner as thesupport section 15, theimage recording section 16 and theimage fixing section 18 of the ink-jet recording device shown inFIG. 1 and therefore their detailed description is omitted. - Also in the
image forming section 112, recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of arecording head unit 46 in theimage recording section 16 are disposed on ahead plate 40 supported by abody plate 38 of thesupport section 15 disposed so as to face the path of travel by the recording medium P. On thebody plate 38 are disposed individually supportedUV irradiators 54 of theUV irradiation units UV irradiators 54a of the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a. - As above, the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K as well as the
UV irradiation units recording head 48X,UV irradiation unit 52X,recording head 48Y,UV irradiation unit 52Y,recording head 48C,UV irradiation unit 52C,recording head 48M,UV irradiation unit 52M,recording head 48K and final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a. - The
image forming section 112 ejects ink droplets from each of the recording heads, then cures the ink droplets on the recording medium P by applying UV light from each of theUV irradiation units - The
post-treatment section 114 is disposed on, in the recording medium P travel direction, the downstream side of theUV irradiation unit 52a corresponding to therecording head 48K. It has avarnish coater 162 and anUV irradiator 164 for coating the image surface with a clear, active ray-curable liquid (in the present embodiment, a clear, UV-curable liquid) and improving the gloss, adie cutter 166 for making label-shaped slits in the web-type recording medium P, and awaste roll 172 for peeling off unnecessary portions of the recording medium P. - As described above, the transport buffer is provided between the
UV irradiation unit 52a corresponding to therecording head 48K and thevarnish coater 162. - The
varnish coater 162 is a clear liquid feeding means which feeds active rays (in this embodiment, ultraviolet light) curable clear liquid (referred to below as "active ray-curable clear liquid" or simply "clear liquid") to the surface of the recording medium P, and which is situated on the downstream side, in the travel direction of the recording medium P, of theUV irradiation unit 52a corresponding to therecording head 48K. - The
varnish coater 162 has a pair of coating rolls to the surface of which adheres (on which has been impregnated) a UV-curable clear liquid, and which rotate in accordance (synchronous) with movement of the recording medium P while nipping the recording medium P, thereby coating the surface of the foil-stamped recording medium P (the side on which an image has been formed) with the UV-curable clear liquid. - Here, the clear liquid coated by the
varnish coater 162 is an active ray-curable clear liquid which can be cured by exposure to ultraviolet light. Exemplary clear liquids include cationic-polymerizable compositions, radical-polymerizable compositions and aqueous compositions which contain as the primary ingredients at least a polymerizable compound and a photoinitiator. The clear liquid is described in detail later in the specification. - The
UV irradiator 164 is disposed on the downstream side of thevarnish coater 162 in the travel direction of the recording medium P. TheUV irradiator 164 irradiates the surface of the recording medium P with active rays (in this embodiment, ultraviolet light), thereby curing the UV-curable clear liquid that has been coated onto the surface of the recording medium P. TheUV irradiator 164 may have a structure in which a plurality of UV irradiators are linearly arranged as in the above-mentioned UV irradiation units. TheUV irradiator 164 may also adopt various layouts such as the one shown in theUV irradiators 54 described above. - The UV-curable clear liquid is coated onto the surface of the recording medium P and cured, enabling luster to be imparted to the image side of the recording medium P and making it possible to improve the image quality.
- The
die cutter 166 makesslits 180b of a desired label shape in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 of a printed, web-type recording medium P for printing labels, as shown inFIG. 17 . Thedie cutter 166 is situated on the downstream side of theUV irradiator 164 in the travel direction of the recording medium P, and has acylinder cutter 168 disposed on the image-forming side of the recording medium P and ananvil roller 170 disposed on the opposite side of the recording medium P from thecylinder cutter 168. - The
cylinder cutter 168 is composed of acylinder 168a and a plurality of slittingblades 168b which are wound around the cylindrical surface of thecylinder 168a and are formed according to the shape and arrangement of the labels. - The
die cutter 166, while nipping the recording medium P between thecylinder cutter 168 and theanvil roller 170, undergoes an intermittently rocking rotation which is synchronous with the transport speed of the recording medium P, causing theslitting blades 168b to make label-shaped slits in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 of the recording medium P (seeFIG. 17 ). - Here, referring to
FIG. 18 , if the cylindrical surface of thecylinder 168a has a length CL in the circumferential direction which is not an integral multiple of the length LL of the labels L, that is, if the length CL in the circumferential direction of the cylindrical surface of thecylinder 168a and the length CL1 of theslitting blades 168b do not agree, there arises on the cylindrical surface of thecylinder 168a a blank portion B where theslitting blades 168b cannot be provided. - In this case, when label-shaped
slits 180b are formed by continuously rotating thedie cutter 166, a large unnecessary portion P1 corresponding to the blank portion B ends up being formed between the group of labels LB in which slits 180b have been formed during the previous rotation of thedie cutter 166 and the group of labels LA in which slits 180b have been formed during the present rotation, resulting in the generation of waste in the web-type recording medium P for printing labels. - In the present embodiment, to eliminate the wasteful formation of unnecessary portions P1 in the recording medium P, the
die cutter 166 is made to rotate with an intermittently rocking motion. In this way, as shown inFIG. 19 , thenext slits 180b can be made at the trailing end of the group of labels LB in which theprevious slits 180b were made. In this way, even when the length CL in the circumferential direction of the cylindrical surface of thecylinder 168a is not an integral multiple of the length LL of the labels L, unnecessary portions P1 are not formed between the groups LB and LA of labels L, thus enabling a web-type recording medium P for printing labels to be efficiently used. - The
waste roll 172 peels from thepeel sheet 182 and takes up unnecessary portions (label borders) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 which do not form labels (finished product) L. - The thus taken up recording medium P after unnecessary portions have been peeled, that is, the recording medium P in a state where only the labels L remain adhering to the
peel sheet 182, is then taken up onto theproduct roll 134, giving the final product. - Next, the
control unit 116 which controls thetransport section 110, theimage forming section 112, and thepost-treatment section 114 is described. - As shown in
FIG. 16 , thecontrol unit 116 has amemory 191 which stores recording image data for ink ejection from the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of therecording head unit 46, ahead drive controller 192 for controlling the drive of the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of therecording head unit 46 based on the recording image data, animage data analyzer 193 for analyzing the shapes of the labels L based on the image data stored in thememory 191, atransport speed changer 194 for changing the transport speed of the web-type recording medium P for printing labels based on the shapes of the labels L analyzed by theimage data analyzer 193, thetransport motor controller 195 for controlling the rotational speed of thetransport motors transport speed changer 194, and adie cutter controller 196 for controlling the rotational speed of thedie cutter 166 based on the transport speed changed by thetransport speed changer 194. - In addition, an
input unit 199 such as a computer is connected to thememory 191 of thecontrol unit 116. Thememory 191 stores recording image data that has been input from theinput unit 199. - The
head drive controller 192, based on the image data stored in thememory 191, selects ink droplet-ejection orifices in the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of therecording head unit 46, computes the amount of ink droplets to be ejected, the ejection timing and other parameters, and controls therecording head unit 46 based on the computation results. To illustrate, in the case of piezoelectric ink-jet heads such as those in the present embodiment, in accordance with image data, the piezoelectric element to which a voltage will be applied is selected from among a plurality of ejection portions (nozzles), and the voltage to be applied, the period of application and the timing of such application are computed. Ejection signals are sent to the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K based on the computation results. - The
image data analyzer 193 analyzes the shape of a label L from label edge data among the image data stored in thememory 191, and sends the results of analysis to thetransport speed changer 194. - The
transport speed changer 194 has pre-stored therein the transport speed optimal to post-treatment for each label L shape. Based on both the shape of the label L computed from the label edge data analyzed by and received from theimage data analyzer 193 and the stored transport speed, thetransport speed changer 194 computes the optimal transport speed of the recording medium P and sends the computation results to thetransport motor controller 195 and thedie cutter controller 196. - The
transport motor controller 195 controls the rotational speeds of thetransport motors transport speed changer 194. In this way, the web-type recording medium P for printing labels is transported at the optimal speed. - The
die cutter controller 196 controls the rotational speed of thedie cutter 166 based on the optimal transport speed computed by thetransport speed changer 194. Specifically, thedie cutter controller 196 controls the rotational speed of thedie cutter 166 so that the transport speed of the recording medium P and the circumferential velocity of theslitting blades 168b on thedie cutter 166 are the same. - The
control unit 116 thus changes or regulates, based on label shape data calculated from the label edge data, the transport speed of the recording medium P which is transported through thepost-treatment section 114. - In addition, it is preferable for the
transport speed changer 194 to control, based on the label L shape data, the transport speed of the recording medium P so as to slow the speed at positions of label portions that are vulnerable to the peeling of unnecessary portions. This helps prevent breakage or rupture from occurring when the waste is removed, enabling the reliable removal of unnecessary portions other than the label portions. - The conditions under which breakage or rupture tend to occur when unnecessary portions are peeled off differ depending on the material of which the pressure-sensitive adhesive paper is made. For example, breakage or rupture may occur when the width of the unnecessary portions is not more than 5 mm or when such portions have an acute angle of not more than 30°. It is advantageous to set in the
transport speed changer 194 optimal peel rates that have been determined beforehand empirically under various conditions and to compute the optimal transport speed of the recording medium P while also taking into account these optimal peel rates. - Next, a method for producing labels with the
digital label printer 100 is described. - Referring to
FIG. 15 , the recording medium P that has been let out from thefeed roll 30 onto which it is wound into a roll is transported by thetransport section 110 to theimage forming section 112 after the undercoating liquid has been applied with thecoating roll 60 of theundercoat forming section 13 and the undercoat has been semi-cured in the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14. - The recording medium P transported to the
image forming section 112 passes through the positions opposite the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K. - The recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K eject, under control by the
control unit 116, droplets of UV-curable ink onto the recording medium P passing through positions opposed thereto. The recording medium P onto which the ink has been ejected then travels further and passes through positions opposite theUV irradiators UV irradiation units - That is, when the recording medium P passes through positions opposite the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 4BC, 48M and 48K, ink droplets are ejected onto the recording medium P from the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K. The recording medium P is subsequently exposed to ultraviolet light from the
UV irradiation units recording head 48K, ultraviolet light is emitted from the final UV irradiation unit for curing 52a to ensure curing of the various inks and undercoating liquid. An image is thus formed on the surface of the recording medium P. - The recording medium P on which images have been formed is transported through the transport buffer to the
post-treatment section 114, where a UV-curable clear liquid is applied by thevarnish coater 162 to the surface of the recording medium P, then is cured by theUV irradiator 164. - The recording medium P that has been coated with the UV-curable clear liquid is transported to the
die cutter 166, where slits 180b in the shape of labels L are made only in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 by means of thecylinder cutter 168 and theanvil roller 170. - At this time, because the
die cutter 166, as noted above, makesslits 180b in the shape of labels L while intermittently rocking, theslits 180b can be continuously formed. Waste from the recording medium P can thus be minimized. - Unnecessary portions (portions other than the labels L) of the pressure-sEnsitive
adhesive sheet 180 of the recording medium P are peeled from thepeel sheet 182 and taken up onto thewaste roll 172. The recording medium P on which only the labels L remain affixed to thepeel sheet 182 is taken up onto theproduct roll 134, thereby giving a final product. - As described above, the
digital label printer 100 as well enables the undercoat formed to have a small surface roughness by applying the undercoating liquid onto the recording medium P as thecoating roll 60 of theundercoat forming section 13 is rotated in the direction opposite to the direction of travel by the recording medium P. Therefore, images without unevenness can be formed on the recording medium to achieve production of high-resolution and high-quality labels. - Moreover, the
digital label printer 100 of the present embodiment carries out peel processing in which thetransport speed changer 194, based on label shape data, slows the transport speed of the recording medium P at positions of label portions which are vulnerable to the peeling of unnecessary portions, thereby preventing the breakage or rupture of the labels L during post-treatment (waste removal) and enabling the reliable removal of unnecessary portions other than the label portions. In this way, halting of the apparatus due to the breakage or rupture of labels L is eliminated, enhancing productivity and making it possible to inexpensively provide labels L. - Another embodiment of a digital label printer is described below while referring to
FIGS. 20 and21 . -
FIG. 20 is a front view showing, in simplified form, another embodiment of a digital label printer which employs an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention.FIG. 21 is a block diagram illustrating a control unit for controlling the digital label printer shown inFIG. 20 . - A
digital label printer 200 shown inFIG. 20 has an arrangement which, aside from apost-treatment section 214, is the same as that of thedigital label printer 100 shown inFIG. 15 . Like elements in both embodiments are thus denoted by the same reference symbols and repeated explanations of such elements are omitted below. The following description focuses on the distinctive features of thedigital label printer 200. - As shown in
FIG. 20 , thepost-treatment section 214 of thedigital label printer 200 has avarnish coater 162, aUV irradiator 164, alaser cutter 220, and awaste roll 172. Because thevarnish coater 162, theUV irradiator 164 and thewaste roll 172 are the same as thevarnish coater 162, theUV irradiator 164 and thewaste roll 172 in thepost-treatment section 114 of thedigital label printer 100 shown inFIG. 15 , detailed explanations of these elements are omitted below. - The
laser cutter 220, like thedie cutter 166 of thedigital label printer 100 shown inFIG. 15 , makesslits 180b of a desired label shape in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 of a printed, web-type recording medium P for printing labels. It is situated between theUV irradiator 164 and thewaste roll 172. - The
laser cutter 220 shines a laser at the traveling web-type recording medium P for printing labels, making label-shapedslits 180b in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180. - A
control unit 216 has amemory 191 which stores recording image data for ink ejection from recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of arecording head unit 46, ahead drive controller 192 which sends the image data to be recorded to the recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K of therecording head unit 46, animage data analyzer 193 which analyzes the shapes of the labels L, atransport speed changer 194 which changes the transport speed of the web-type recording medium P for printing labels based on the shapes of the labels L analyzed by theimage data analyzer 193, atransport motor controller 195 which controls the rotational speed oftransport motors transport speed changer 194. Hence, thecontrol unit 216 in the present embodiment, aside from having nodie cutter controller 196, is of substantially the same construction as thecontrol unit 116 shown inFIG. 17 . - The
image data analyzer 193 analyzes the image densities of the label edges based on the image data stored in thememory 191 and sends the analysis result to thetransport speed changer 194. - The
transport speed changer 194 of thecontrol unit 216 in this embodiment computes the transport speed of the recording medium P in accordance with the density in the image density data for the label edges to be cut by thelaser cutter 220. - That is, the
transport speed changer 194, which has previously stored therein the optimal post-treatment transport speeds for image densities, computes the optimal transport speed based on both the label edge image density that has been analyzed by theimage data analyzer 193 and received therefrom and on the transport speeds stored in memory, then sends the computation results to thetransport motor controller 195. - Specifically, control is effected so as to slow the transport speed of the recording medium P at positions in the label edge where the image density is high. In this way, in places where the image density is high, that is, where the label L has a high thickness, and which are thus difficult to cut through with a laser, slowing the transport speed allows more energy to be applied, enabling label-shaped
slits 180b to be made in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180. - Here, at the
transport speed changer 194, the conditions for setting the transport speed are not limited to the image density (i.e., the ink film thickness). For example, various other properties of the materials, such as the laser light-absorbing properties of the ink, may also be taken into account. The optimal transport speed may be determined empirically in advance for various conditions and set in thetransport speed changer 194. - The
transport motor controller 195 controls the rotational speed of thetransport motors transport speed changer 194. Here, the web-type recording medium P for printing labels is transported at an optimal speed. - Next, a method for producing labels using this
digital label printer 200 is described. Image formation in animage forming section 112 on the surface of the recording medium P that has been let out from afeed roll 30 is carried out in the same way as in the above-describeddigital label printer 100. - The recording medium P on which an image has been formed passes through a transport buffer and is transported to the
post-treatment section 214, where a UV-curable clear liquid is coated onto the surface of the recording medium P using thevarnish coater 162, then cured using theUV irradiator 164. - The recording medium P on which the UV-curable clear liquid has been coated is transported to the
laser cutter 220, where it is irradiated with a laser so as to formslits 180b in the shape of labels L only in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180. - Next, unnecessary portions (portions other than the labels L) of the pressure-
sensitive adhesive sheet 180 of the recording medium P are peeled from thepeel sheet 182 and taken up by thewaste roll 172. The recording medium P on which only the labels L remain affixed to thepeel sheet 182 is wound onto aproduct roll 134, thereby giving a final product. - Here, in laser cutting, it is necessary to increase the energy in accordance with the thickness of the label L. The thicker the label L, the more energy is required.
- When an active ray-curable ink is used, the cured ink that is formed on the pressure-
sensitive adhesive sheet 180 swells outward. The swell height of the cured ink may be, for example, about 12 urn. In a color printed area where a plurality of inks (X, Y, C, M, K) are deposited on top of each other, this height becomes even greater. When active ray-curable ink is employed, because recording media P which do not absorb any ink whatsoever are commonly employed, the swell height may increase even further. Also, in areas of high image density, a large amount of ink is deposited. Hence, the swell height also increases, resulting in an even greater thickness. The minimum thickness of a recording medium P for printing labels is about 12 pm, which is thinner even than the ink thickness, further increasing the influence of the ink thickness. - The
digital label printer 200 of the present embodiment deals with this problem in the post-treatment step by using thetransport speed changer 194, which adjusts the transport speed of the recording medium P in accordance with the density in the image density data at the label edges; specifically, slows the transport speed of the recording medium P when cutting thick areas with the laser. By cutting areas where the image density is high and the ink such as active ray-curable ink has a large thickness at a slow speed with thelaser cutter 220, slits can be reliably made in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and locally incomplete cuts can be prevented from occurring. - Labels can be efficiently produced without forming blank portions on the recording medium.
- Next, yet another embodiment of a digital label printer is described below in conjunction with
FIG. 22 . -
FIG. 22 is a front view showing, in simplified form, yet another embodiment of adigital label printer 500 which uses an embodiment of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention. - In the
digital label printer 500 shown inFIG. 22 , the configuration of the respective sections, aside from anundercoat forming section 13 integrated with animage forming section 112 and apost-treatment section 214 being furnished as independent and discrete apparatus, is basically the same as that in thedigital label printer 200 shown inFIG. 20 . Like elements in both embodiments are thus denoted by the same reference symbols and repeated explanations of such elements are omitted below. The following description focuses on the distinctive features of the presentdigital label printer 500. - As shown in
FIG. 22 , thedigital label printer 500 has a front-end processing unit 501 which includes theundercoat forming section 13 and theimage forming section 112, and a back-end processing unit 502 which includes thepost-treatment section 214. - A method for producing labels using the
digital label printer 500 and the elements distinctive of the presentdigital label printer 500 are described below. - The recording medium P is set on a
first feed roll 30 in the front-end processing unit 501, and is transported by atransport roll 32 and atransporter roller pair 126 to theundercoat forming section 13, where the undercoating liquid is applied to the recording medium P. The undercoat formed thereon is then semi-cured in the undercoatingliquid semi-curing section 14. Thereafter, the recording medium P is transported to theimage forming section 112. Next, using recording heads 48X, 48Y, 48C, 48M and 48K andUV irradiation units image forming section 112. The recording medium P on which the image has been formed is taken up onto a collectingroll 512. In the present embodiment, adrive motor 512a is provided for the collectingroll 512 so that the collectingroll 512 serves as a drive roll. - The recording medium P on which the image has been formed, i.e., the recording medium P that has been taken up onto the collecting
roll 512, is then set on asecond feed roll 514 in the back-end processing unit 502. The recording medium P that has been set on thesecond feed roll 514 is transported by transport roller pairs 130 and 132 to thepost-treatment section 214. - The recording medium P on which the image has been formed has a UV-curable clear liquid applied thereto with a
varnish coater 162, following which the recording medium P is irradiated with ultraviolet light from aUV irradiator 164, thereby curing the UV-curable clear liquid that has been applied. - Next, the recording medium P passes by a
laser cutter 220 where slits corresponding to the shape of the labels L are made in only the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet by thelaser cutter 220, after which unnecessary portions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the recording medium P are peeled from the peel sheet and wound onto awaste roll 172. At the same time, the recording medium P from which the unnecessary portions have been removed so as to leave only the label portions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 180 and thepeel sheet 182, is wound onto aproduct roll 134, thereby giving a finished product. - In this embodiment as well, a
transport speed changer 194 computes the optimal transport speed based on the label edge image density analyzed by animage data analyzer 193. Atransport motor controller 195 controls the rotational speed of atransport motor 134a to the optimal transport speed that has been computed, and carries out transport of the recording medium P. That is, when thelaser cutter 220 is used to cut areas where the label edges have a high image density, thetransport motor controller 195 carries out control that slows the transport speed of the recording medium P. - In this way, by configuring the digital label printer as separate front-end and back-end processing units, the front-end processing steps of printing the labels L and smoothing the image surfaces, and the back-end processing steps of foil-stamping, clear liquid coating (glossy surface formation), slitting and waste removal can be carried out as separate operations, enabling the back-end processing of numerous different types of labels L to be carried out collectively.
- The time required for printing is generally longer than the time required for waste removal and other back-end processing steps. Hence, a single back-
end processing unit 502 is able to handle the output from a plurality of front-end processing units 501, making efficient processing possible. - Even in cases where the units are separated in this way, by controlling the transport speed in accordance with values obtained by computation based on image data, slits can be precisely made in only the pressure-
sensitive adhesive sheet 180. - Each of the above-mentioned digital label printers has been described as a digital label printer using the ink-
jet recording device 10, but the ink-jet recording device 600 may also be used in the same form in the digital label printers. - By forming the undercoat on the recording medium with a digital label printer using the ink-
jet recording device 600, the ink droplets having been deposited onto the recording medium permeate it to prevent the image formed to be blurred, thus enabling a high-resolution image to be formed. Higher quality labels can be thus produced. - It becomes also possible to use a recording medium that has a low adhesion to ink droplets, namely, may repel deposited ink droplets. In other words, image recording on various recording media becomes possible, thus enabling labels to be produced from the various recording media.
- Recording media, undercoats and inks that may be used with advantage in embodiments of an ink-jet recording device according to the invention are described below.
- The physical properties of the ink (droplets) ejected onto the recording medium will differ with the device, although in general the viscosity at 25°C is preferably from 5 to 100 mPa·s, and more preferably from 10 to 80 mPa·s. The viscosity at 25°C before internal curing of the undercoat liquid is preferably from 10 to 500 mPa·s, and more preferably from 50 to 300 mPa·s.
- In the practice of the invention, in order to form dots of the intended size on the recording medium, it is preferable for the undercoat liquid to include a surfactant, and more preferable that it satisfy conditions (A), (B) and (C) below.
- (A) The undercoat liquid has a lower surface tension than any of the inks ejected onto the recording medium.
- (B) At least one surfactant included in the undercoat liquid satisfies the relationship
- (C) The surface tension of the undercoat liquid satisfies the relationship
- Here, γs represents the surface tension of the undercoat liquid, γs (0) is the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded, γs (saturation) is the surface tension of the liquid obtained by adding one of the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid to the above "liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded" and increasing the concentration of that surfactant until the surface tension reaches saturation, and γs (saturation)max is the largest of the γs (saturation) values obtained for all the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid that satisfy above condition (B).
- In the practice of the invention, as explained above, to form ink dots of the desired size on the recording medium, it is preferable for the surface tension γs of the undercoat liquid to be lower than the surface tension yk of any of the inks.
- Also, to more effectively prevent expansion of the ink dots in the time interval between deposition and exposure, it is more preferable for γs < yk - 3 (mN/m), and even more preferable for γs < γk - 5 (mN/m) .
- When a full-color image is formed (printed), to enhance the sharpness of the image, the surface tension γs of the undercoat liquid is preferably lower than the surface tension of an ink containing a colorant having a high luminosity factor, and more preferably lower than the surface tension of all inks. Examples of colorants having a high luminosity factor include colorants which have magenta, black and cyan colors.
- Moreover, for proper ejection, the ink surface tension γk and the undercoat liquid surface tension γs should satisfy the above-indicated relationship, with each being preferably within a range of from 15 to 50 mN/m, more preferably within a range of from 18 to 40 mN/m, and most preferably within a range of from 20 to 38 mN/m.
- By having the surface tensions for both the ink and the undercoat liquid be at least 15 mN/m, the ink droplets to be ejected by the ink-jet heads can be suitably formed, making it possible to prevent improper ejection from occurring. That is, the ink droplets can be suitably ejected. Also, by having the surface tensions for both the undercoat liquid and the ink be up to 50 mN/m, the wettability with the ink-jet heads can be increased, enabling suitable ejection of the ink droplets. That is, the improper ejection of droplets can be prevented from occurring. By having the surface tensions for both be within a range of from 18 to 40 mN/m, and especially within a range of from 20 to 38 mN/m, the above effects can be better achieved and the ink droplets can be reliably ejected.
- In the present embodiment, the surface tensions are values measured by the Wilhelmy plate method at a liquid temperature of 20°C and 60% relative humidity using a commonly used surface tensiometer (e.g., the CBVP-Z surface tensiometer manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
- In embodiments of the present invention, the undercoat liquid preferably includes one or more surfactants. By including one or more surfactants in the undercoat liquid, ink dots of the desired size can be more reliably formed on the recording medium. Moreover, it is preferable for the one or more surfactants included in the undercoat liquid to satisfy the following condition (B).
-
- As mentioned above, γs represents the surface tension of the undercoat liquid, γs (0) is the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded, γs (saturated) is the surface tension of the liquid obtained by adding one of the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid to the above "liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded" and increasing the concentration of that surfactant until the surface tension reaches saturation, and γs (saturation)max is the largest of the γs (saturation) values obtained for all the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid that satisfy above condition (B).
- The above γs (0) value is obtained by measuring the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded. The above γs (saturation) value is obtained by adding to the above "liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid composition have been excluded" one of the surfactants included in the undercoat liquid and, while increasing the concentration of that surfactant present in the liquid in increments of 0.01 wt%, measuring the surface tension of the liquid when the amount of change in surface tension with respect to the change in surfactant concentration falls below 0.01 mN/m.
- The above values of γs (0), γs (saturation) and γs (saturation)max are described more fully below.
- For example, when the ingredients making up the undercoat liquid (Example 1) are a high-boiling solvent (diethyl phthalate, available from Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), a polymerizable material (dipropylene glycol diacrylate; available from Akcros Chemicals Ltd.), a polymerization initiator (TPO, Initiator 1 shown below), a fluorocarbon surfactant (Megaface F475, available from Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.) and a hydrocarbon surfactant (sodium di-(2-ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate), the γs (0), γs (saturation)1 (when a fluorocarbon surfactant has been added), γs (saturation) 2 (when a hydrocarbon surfactant has been added), γs (saturation) and γs (saturation)max values are as indicated below.
- Namely, the value for γs (0), which is the surface tension of the liquid from which all the surfactants in the undercoat liquid have been excluded, is 36.7 mN/m. When the above fluorocarbon surfactant is added to this liquid, the saturation value γs (saturation)1 for the surface tension of the liquid when the surfactant concentration has been increased is 20.2 mN/m. Similarly, when the hydrocarbon surfactant is added to this liquid, the saturation value γs (saturation)2 for the surface tension of the liquid when the surfactant concentration has been increased is 30.5 mN/m.
- Because the undercoat liquid (Example 1) includes two types of surfactants which satisfy above condition (B), γs (saturation) can have two values: one for when a fluorocarbon surfactant is added (γs saturation)1, and another for when a hydrocarbon surfactant is added (γs (saturation)2. Because γs (saturation)max is the largest value among γs (saturation)1 and γs (saturation)2, in this case it is the γs (saturation)2 value.
-
-
-
- While it suffices for the compositions of the ink and the undercoat liquid to be selected so that the desired surface tension is obtainable, it is preferable for these liquids to include a surfactant. As already explained, to form ink dots of the desired size on the recording medium, it is preferable for the undercoat liquid to include at least one surfactant. A description of the surfactant follows below.
- The surfactant used in embodiments of the invention is typically a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to at least one solvent from among hexane, cyclohexane, p-xylene, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, butyl carbitol, cyclohexanone, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, 1,2-hexanediol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, isopropanol, methanol, water, isobornyl acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol diacrylate; preferably a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to at least one solvent from among hexane, toluene, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, isobornyl acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol diacrylate; more preferably a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to at least one solvent from among propylene glycol monomethyl ether, isobornyl acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol diacrylate; and most preferably a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to at least one solvent from among isobornyl acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and polyethylene glycol diacrylate.
- Whether or not a particular compound is a substance having a strong surface activity with respect to the solvents listed above can be determined by the following procedure.
- One solvent is selected from the solvents listed above, and the surface tension γsolvent (0) for that solvent is measured. The compound is added to the same solvent as that for which γsolvent (0) was determined and, as the concentration of the compound is increased in increments of 0.01 wt%, the surface tension γsolvent (saturation) of the solution when the change in surface tension with respect to the change in compound concentration falls below 0.01 mN/m is measured. If the relationship between γsolvent (0) and γsolvent (saturation) satisfies the condition
- Specific examples of surfactants which may be included in the undercoat liquid include anionic surfactants such as dialkylsulf05UCCinic acid salts, alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid salts, and fatty acid salts; nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylallyl ethers, acetylene glycols and polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers; cationic surfactants such as alkylamine salts and quaternary ammonium salts; and fluorocarbon surfactants. Other suitable surfactants include those mentioned in, for example,
JP 62-173463 A JP 62-183457 A - In the practice of the invention, the cure sensitivity of the ink is preferably comparable to or higher than the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid. The cure sensitivity of the ink is more preferably higher than the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid but not more than four times the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid, and even more preferably higher than the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid but not more than two times the cure sensitivity of the undercoat liquid.
- As used herein, "cure sensitivity" refers to the amount of energy required for complete curing when the ink and/or the undercoat liquid is cured using a mercury vapor lamp (e.g., a ultrahigh-pressure, high-pressure or moderate-pressure mercury-vapor lamp; preferably an ultrahigh-pressure mercury vapor lamp). A smaller amount of energy means a higher cure sensitivity. Accordingly, a two-fold cure sensitivity means that the amount of energy required for complete curing is one-half as large.
- Also, reference herein to a cure sensitivity as being "comparable" signifies that the difference in the cure sensitivities of the two liquids being compared is less than 2-fold, and preferably less than 1.5-fold.
- The recording medium used in the ink-jet recording device of the present embodiment may be a permeable recording medium, an impermeable recording medium or a slowly permeable recording medium. Of these, the advantageous effects of the invention can be more clearly achieved with the use of an impermeable or slowly permeable recording medium. As used herein, "permeable recording medium" refers to a recording medium in which, when a 10 pL (picoliter) droplet is deposited on the recording medium, permeation of all the liquid takes not more than 100 ms. "Impermeable recording medium" refers herein to a recording medium in which a droplet substantially does not permeate. "Substantially does not permeate" connotes here a permeability of a droplet after 1 minute of not more than 5%. Also, "slowly permeable recording medium" refers herein to a recording medium in which, when a 10 pL droplet is deposited on the recording medium, permeation of all the liquid takes 100 ms or more.
- Illustrative examples of permeable recording media include plain paper, porous paper, and recording media capable of absorbing other liquids.
- Illustrative examples of impermeable or slowly permeable recording media include art paper, plastic, rubber, resin-coated paper, glass, metal, ceramic and wood. In the practice of the invention, composite recording media in which a plurality of these materials are combined may also be used for the purpose of adding the functionality thereof.
- For plastic recording media, any suitable plastic may be used. Illustrative examples include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutadiene terephthalate; polyolefins such as polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyurethane and polypropylene; and also acrylic resins, polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, diacetate, triacetate, polyimide, cellophane and celluloid. The thickness and shape of the recording medium when a plastic is used are not subject to any particular limitation. That is, the recording medium may be in the form of a film-like, card-like or block-like shape, and may be either clear or opaque.
- It is preferable to use as this plastic recording medium any of various types of film-like, non-absorbing plastics employed in soft packaging, or films made thereof. Illustrative examples of such plastic films include PET films, OPS films, OPP films, PNy films, PVC films, PE films, TAC films and PP films. Other plastics that may be used include polycarbonate, acrylic, ABS, polyacetal and PVA. Use may also be made of rubber.
- Illustrative examples of resin-coated paper-type recording media include clear polyester films, opaque polyester films, opaque polyolefin resin films, and paper substrates laminated on both sides with a polyolefin resin. The use of a paper substrate laminated on both sides with a polyolefin resin is especially preferred.
- Metal recording media are not subject to any particular limitation. For example, suitable use can be made of aluminum, iron, gold, silver, copper, nickel, titanium, chromium, molybdenum, silicon, lead, zinc and stainless steel, as well as composite materials thereof.
- In addition, it is also possible to use as the recording medium read-only optical disks such as CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs, write-once optical disks such as CD-Rs and DVD-Rs, and rewritable optical disks. In such cases, the image is preferably recorded on the "label" side of the disk.
- Inks and undercoat liquids suitable for use in embodiments of the invention are described in detail below.
- The ink, which has at least a composition suitable for forming images, includes at least one polymerizable or crosslinkable material, and optionally includes as well a polymerization initiator, a hydrophilic solvent, a colorant and other ingredients.
- The undercoat liquid includes at least one polymerizable or crosslinkable material, and optionally includes as well a polymerization initiator, a hydrophilic solvent, a colorant and other ingredients. It is preferable for the undercoat liquid to be formulated so as to have a different composition than the ink.
- The polymerization initiator is preferably a compound which is capable of initiating a polymerization reaction or crosslinking reaction under the influence of active energy rays. An undercoat liquid that has been applied to the coating medium can in this way be cured by exposure to active energy rays.
- The undercoat liquid and/or the ink preferably includes a radical-polymerizable composition. As used herein, "radical-polymerizable composition" refers to a composition which includes at least one radical-polymerizable material and at least one radical polymerization initiator. Because the undercoat liquid and/or ink includes a radical-polymerizable composition, the undercoat liquid and/or ink curing reaction can be carried out at a high sensitivity in a short period of time.
- Moreover, it is preferable for the ink to include a colorant. It is preferable for the undercoat liquid which is used in combination with this ink to either have a composition that includes no colorant or includes less than 1 wt% of colorant, or to have a composition that includes a white pigment as the colorant.
- The various ingredients which make up the ink and/or undercoat liquid are described below.
- The polymerizable or crosslinkable material has the function of triggering a polymerization or crosslinking reaction with initiating species such as radicals generated from, for example, the subsequently described polymerization initiator, and thus causing the composition containing these to cure.
- The polymerizable or crosslinkable material employed may be a polymerizable or crosslinkable material which elicits a known polymerizable or crosslinking reaction such as a radical polymerization reaction and a dimerization reaction. Illustrative examples include addition-polymerizable compounds having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, high-molecular-weight compounds having pendant maleimide groups, and high-molecular-weight compounds having a pendant cinnamyl, cinnamylidene or chalcone group with a photodimerizable unsaturated double bond adjacent to an aromatic ring. Of these, an addition-polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferred. Selection from among compounds having at least one, and preferably two or more, terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds (monofunctional or polyfunctional compounds) is especially preferred. More specifically, suitable selection may be made from among such compounds that are well-known in the industrial field of the invention, including those having the chemical form of, for example, monomers, prepolymers (i.e., dimers, trimers and oligomers) and mixtures thereof, as well as copolymers thereof.
- The polymerizable or crosslinkable materials may be used singly or as a combination of two or more thereof.
- The use as the polymerizable or crosslinkable material in embodiments of the invention of, in particular, any of various known radical-polymerizable monomers in which a polymerization reaction is triggered by an initiating species generated from a radical initiator is preferred.
- Examples of radical-polymerizable monomers include (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylamides, aromatic vinyls, vinyl ethers and compounds having internal double bonds (e.g., maleic acid). Here, "(meth)acrylate" refers to either or both "acrylate" and "methacrylate," and "(meth)acryl" refers to either or both "acryl" and "methacryl."
- Illustrative examples of (meth)acrylates are as follows:
- Specific examples of monofunctional (meth)acrylates include hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, tert-octyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 4-n-butylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acxylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl hexyl diglycol (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-chloroethyl (meth)acrylate, 4-bromobutyl (meth)acrylate, cyanoethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, butoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, alkoxymethyl (meth)aerylate, alkoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (mEth)acrylate, 1H,7.H,2H,2H-perfluorodecyl (meth)acrylate, 4-butylphenyl (meth)aerylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, 2,4,5-tetramethylphenyl (meth)acrylate, 4-chlorophenyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyloxybutyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyloxypropyl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyalkyl (meth)aGrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, trimethoxysilylpropyl (meth)acrylate, trimethylsilylpropyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene oxide monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, oligoethylene oxide monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene oxide (meth)acrylate, oligoethylene oxide (meth)acrylate, oligoethylene oxide monoalkyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene oxide monoalkyl ether (meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, polypropylene oxide monoalkyl ether (meth)acrylate, oligopropylene oxide monoalkyl ether (meth)acrylate, 2-methacryloyloxyethylsuccinic acid, 2-methacryloyloxyhexahydrophthalic acid, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl-2-hydroxypropylphthalate, butoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, perfluorooctylethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, EO-modified phenol (meth)acrylate, EO-modified cresol (meth)acrylate, EO-modified nonylphenyl (meth)acrylate, PO-modified nonylphenyl (meth)acrylate and EO-modified 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate.
- Specific examples of difunctional (meth)acrylates include 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acxylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,4-dimethyl-1,5-pentanediol di(meth)acrylate, butylethylpropanediol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated cyclohexanemethanol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, oligoethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-butylbutanediol di(meth)acrylate, hydroxypivalic acid neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, EO-modified bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol F polyethoxy di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, oligopropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-butylpropanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonane di(meth)acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate and tricyclodecane di(meth)acrylate.
- Specific examples of trifunctional (meth)acrylates include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acxylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylatE, the alkylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate of trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris((meth)acryloyloxypropyl)ether, isocyanuric acid alkylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, propionic acid dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, tris((meth)acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, hydroxypivalaldehyde-modified dimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tri(meth)acrylate, propoxylated trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate and ethoxylated glycerol triacrylate.
- Specific examples of tetrafunctional (meth)acrylates include pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tetxa(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, propionic acid dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate and ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate.
- Specific examples of pentafunctional (meth)acrylates include sorbitol penta(meth)acrylate and dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate.
- Specific examples of hexafunctional (meth)acrylates include dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, sorbitol hexa(meth)acrylate, the alkylene oxide-modified hexa(meth)acrylate of phosphazene, and captolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate.
- Examples of (meth)acrylamides include (meth)acrylamide, N-methyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-propyl (meth)acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth)acrylamide, N-t-butyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl (meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl (meth)acrylamide and (meth)acryloylmorpholine.
- Examples of aromatic vinyls include styrene, methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, isopropylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, methoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, methyl vinylbenzoate, 3-methylstyrene, 4-methylstyrene, 3-ethylstyrene, 4-ethylstyrene, 3-propylstyrene, 4-propylstyrene, 3-butylstyrene, 4-butylstyrene, 3-hexylstyrene, 4-hexylstyrene, 3-octylstyrene, 4-octylstyrene, 3-(2-ethylhexyl)styrene, 4-(2-ethylhexyl)styxene, allylstyrene, isopropenylstyrene, butenylstyrene, octenylstyrene, 4-t-butoxycarbonylstyrene, 4-methoxystyrene and 4-t-butoxystyrene.
- Vinyl ethers are exemplified by monovinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, t-butyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, n-nonyl vinyl ether, lauryl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl methyl vinyl ether, 4-methylcyclohexyl methyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, dicyclopentenyl vinyl ether, 2-dicyclopentenoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, butoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxyethoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethoxyethyl vinyl ether, methoxypolyethylene glycol vinyl ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, 2-hydroxypropyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl methyl vinyl ether, diethylene glycol monovinyl ether, polyethylene glycol vinyl ether, chloroethyl vinyl ether, chlorobutyl vinyl ether, chloroethoxyethyl vinyl ether, phenylethyl vinyl ether and phenoxypolyethylene glycol vinyl ether.
- Examples of polyvinyl ethers include divinyl ethers such as ethylene glycol divinyl ether, diethylene glycol divinyl ether, polyethylene glycol divinyl ether, propylene glycol divinyl ether, butylene glycol divinyl ether, hexanediol divinyl ether, bisphenol A alkylene oxide divinyl ether and bisphenol F alkylene oxide divinyl ether; and other polyvinyl ethers such as trimethylolethane trivinyl ether, trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, ditrimethylolpropane tetravinyl ether, glycerol trivinyl ether, pentaerythritol tetravinyl ether, dipentaerythritol pentavinyl ether, dipentaerythritol hexavinyl ether, ethylene oxide adducts of trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, propylene oxide adducts of trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, ethylene oxide adducts of ditrimethylolpropane tetravinyl ether, propylene oxide adducts of ditrimethylolpropane tetravinyl ether, ethylene oxide adducts of pentaerythritol tetravinyl ether, propylene oxide adducts of pentaerythritol tetravinyl ether, ethylene oxide adducts of dipentaerythritol hexavinyl ether and propylene oxide adducts of dipentaerythritol hexavinyl ether.
- From the standpoint of such considerations as curability, adhesion to the recording medium and surface hardness of the formed image, it is preferable to use as the vinyl ether compound a di- or trivinyl ether compound. The use of a divinyl ether compound is especially preferred.
- In addition to the above, other examples of radical-polymerizable monomers include vinyl esters (e.g., vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl versatate), allyl esters (e.g., allyl acetate), halogen-bearing monomers (e.g., vinylidene chloride, vinyl chloride), vinyl cyanides (e.g., (meth)acrylonitrile), and olefins (e.g., ethylene, propylene).
- Of the above, from the standpoint of the cure rate, it is preferable to use (meth)acrylates and (meth)acrylamides as the radical-polymerizable monomer. The use of (meth)acrylates having a functionality of 4 or more is especially preferred for achieving a good cure rate. In addition, from the standpoint of the viscosity of the ink composition, the use of a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate in combination with a monofunctional or bifunctional (meth)acrylate or (meth)acrylamide is preferred.
- The content of the polymerizable or crosslinkable material in the ink and the undercoat liquid is preferably in a range of 50 to 99.6 wt%, more preferably in a range of 70 to 99.0 wt%, and even more preferably in a range of 80 to 99.0 wt%, based on the weight of the total solids in each droplet.
- The content in a droplet, based on the total weight of each droplet, is preferably in a range of 20 to 98 wt%, more preferably in a range of 40 to 95 wt%, and most preferably in a range of 50 to 90 wt%.
- It is preferable for at least the undercoat liquid, or for both the ink and the undercoat liquid, to include at least one polymerization initiator. This initiator is a compound which generates initiating species such as radicals when the energy of active rays, heat or both is applied thereto, thereby initiating and promoting a polymerization or crosslinking reaction of the above-described polymerizable or crosslinkable material so as to effect curing.
- The polymerizable material preferably includes a polymerization initiator which triggers radical polymerization. A photopolymerization initiator is especially preferred.
- Photopolymerization initiators are compounds which incur a chemical change due to the action of light or to interactions with the electronically excited state of a sensitizing dye, and generates at least one of the following: a radical, an acid or a base. Of such compounds, a photoradical generator is preferred for initiating polymerization by the simple means of exposure to light.
- The photopolymerization initiator used in embodiments of the invention may be suitably selected from among those having sensitivity to the active rays used for exposure, such as 400 nm to 200 nm ultraviolet light, far-ultraviolet light, g-line radiation, h-line radiation, i-line radiation, KrF excimer laser light, ArF excimer laser light, electron beams, x-rays, molecular beams and ion beams.
- Any photopolymerization initiator known to those skilled in the art may be used without limitation. Numerous examples are mentioned in, for example, B.M. Monroe et al.: Chemical Revue 93, 435 (1993); R.S. Davidson: Journal of Photochemistry and Biology A: Chemistry 73, 81 (1993); J.P. Faussier: "Photoinitiated Polymerization-Theory and Applications," in Rapra Review Reports, Vol. 9, Rapra Technology, Ltd. (1998); and M. Tsunooka et al.: Prog. Polym. Sci, 21, 1 (1996). In addition, use may also be made of the group of compounds mentioned in, for example, F.D. Saeva: Topics in Current Chemistry 156, 59 (1990); G.G. Maslak: Topics in ); H.B. Shuster et al.: ); and I.D.F. Eaton et al.: JACS 102, 3298 (1980), which undergo oxidative or reductive bond cleavage through interactions with the electronically excited state of the sensitizing dye.
- Preferred photopolymerization initiators include (a) aromatic ketones, (b) aromatic onium salt compounds, (c) organic peroxides, (d) hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, (e) ketoxime ester compounds, (f) borate compounds, (g) azinium compounds, (h) metallocene compounds, (i) active ester compounds, and (j) compounds having carbon-halogen bonds.
- Preferred examples of aromatic ketones (a) include the compounds having a benzophenone skeleton or a thioxanthone skeleton mentioned on pages 77 to 117 of Radiation Curing in Polymer Science and Technology by J.P. Fouassier and J.F. Rabek (1993). More preferred examples of aromatic ketones (a) include the α-thiobenzophenone compounds mentioned in
JP 47-6416 B JP 47-3981 B JP 47-22326 B JP 47-23664 B JP 57-30704 A JP 60-26483 B JP 60-26403 B 62-81345 A JP 1-34242 B US 4,318,791 andEP 0284561 A , the p-di(dimethylaminobenzoyl) benzenes mentioned inJP 2-211452 A JP 61-194062 A JP 2-9597 B JP 2-9596 B JP 63-61950 B JP 59-42864 B - Exemplary aromatic onium salt compounds (b) include aromatic onium salts of periodic table group V, VI, and VII elements such as nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, bismuth, oxygen, sulfur, selenium, tellurium and iodine. Preferred examples include iodonium salts mentioned in
EP 104143 B US 4,837,124 ,JP 2-150848 A JP 2-96514 A EP 370693 B EP 233567 B EP 297443 B EP 297442 B EP 279210 B EP 422570 B US 3,902,144 ,US 4,933,377 ,US 4,760,013 ,US 4,734,444 andUS 2,833,827 ; diazonium salts (e.g., benzenediazonium salts which may be substituted), diazonium salt resins (e.g., formaldehyde resins of diazodiphenylamine), N-alkoxypyridinium salts (such as those mentioned inUS 4,743,528 ,JP 63-138345 A JP 63-142345 A JP 63-142346 A JP 46-42363 B JP 52-147277 B JP 52-14278 B JP 52-14279 B - Exemplary organic peroxides (c) include substantially all organic compounds having one or more oxygen-oxygen bond in the molecule. For example, it is preferable to use a peroxidized ester such as 3,3',9,4'-tetrakis(t-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(t-amylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(t-hexylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(t-octylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',A,9'-tetrakis(cumylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3',4,9'-tetrakis(p-isopropylcumylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone and di-t-butyldiperoxyisophthalate.
- Exemplary hexaarylbiimidazoles (d) include the lophine dimers mentioned in
JP 45-37377B JP 44-86516 B - Exemplary ketoxime esters (e) include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-p-toluenesulfonyloxyiminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonylaxyi.mino-1-phenylpropane-1-one.
- Exemplary borate compounds (f) include the compounds mentioned in
US 3,567,453 ,US 4,343,891 ,EP 109,772 B EP 109,773 B - Exemplary azinium salt compounds (g) include the group of compounds having N-0 bonds mentioned in
JP 63-138345 A JP 63-142345 A JP 63-142346 A JP 63-143537 A JP 46-42363 B - Exemplary metallocene compounds (h) include the titanocene compounds mentioned in
JP 59-152396 A JP 61-151197 A JP 63-41484 A JP 2-249 A JP 2-4705 A JP 1-304453 A JP 1-152109 A - Specific examples of titanocene compounds include dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bisphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,4,6-trifluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium 2,6-difluorophen-1-yl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,4-difluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophen-1-yl, dimethylcyclopentadienyl titanium bis-2,4-difluorophen-1-yl, bxs(cyclopentadienyl)-bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(pyr-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, bis(cyclopentadienyl)bis[2,6-difluoro-3-(methylsulfonamide)phenyl]titanium, bis(cyclopentadienyl)bis[2,6-difluoro-3-(N-butylbiaroylamino)phenyl]titanium.
- Exemplary active ester compounds (i) include the nitrobenzyl ester compounds mentioned in
EP 0290750 B ,EP 046083 B EP 156153 B EP 271851 B EP 0388343 B ,US 3,901,710 ,US 4,181,531 ,JP 60-198538 A JP 53-133022 A EP 0199672 B ,EP 84514 B EP 199672 B EP 044115 B EP 0101122 B ,US 4,618,564 ,US 4,371,605 ,US 4,431,774 ,JP 64-18143 A JP 2-245756 A JP 4-365048 A JP 62-6223 B JP 63-14340 B JP 59-174831 A - Preferred examples of compounds having carbon-halogen bonds (j) include the compounds mentioned by Wakabayashi et al. in Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan 42, 2924 (1969), the compounds mentioned in
GB 1388492 B JP 53-133428 A DE 3337024 B . - Additional examples include the compounds mentioned by F.C. Schaefer et al. in J. Org. Chem. 29, 1527 (1964), the compounds mentioned in
JP 62-58241 A JP 5-281728 A DE 2641100 B , the compounds mentioned inDE 3333450 B , the groups of compounds mentioned inDE 3021590 B and the groups of compounds mentioned inDE 3021599 B . -
- It is desirable for the polymerization initiator to have an excellent sensitivity, although from the standpoint of storage stability, the use of an initiator which does not trigger thermal decomposition at temperatures up to 80°C is preferred.
- The polymerization initiator may be used singly or as a combination of two or more thereof. To enhance the sensitivity, a known sensitizer may be used together with the initiator, insofar as the advantages obtainable with embodiments of the invention are attainable.
- For a good stability over time, curability and cure rate, the content of the initiator in the undercoat liquid is preferably within a range of 0.5 to 20 wt%, more preferably 1 to 15 wt%, and most preferably 3 to 10 wt%, based on the polymerizable material in the undercoat liquid. By setting the content within the above range, problems such as deposition and separation over time, and deterioration in properties, including the strength and scuff resistance of the ink after curing, can be suppressed.
- In addition to being included in the undercoat liquid, the polymerization initiator may also be included in the ink. If such an initiator is included in the ink, the initiator may be suitably selected and included within a range that enables the storage stability of the ink to be maintained at a desired level. In such a case, it is advantageous for the initiator content, based on the polymerizable or crosslinkable compound in the ink, to be set in a range of preferably 0.5 to 20 wt%, and more preferably 1 to 15 wt%.
- It is desirable to add a sensitizing dye to the ink and/or undercoat liquid in order to enhance the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator. Preferred sensitizing dyes are exemplified by those compounds among the following which have an absorption wavelength in the range of 350 nm to 450 nm: polycyclic aromatic compounds (e.g., pyrene, perylene, triphenylene), xanthenes (e.g., fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal), cyanines (e.g., thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine), merocyanines (e.g., merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), thiazines (e.g., thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridines (e.g., acridine orange, chloroflavine, acriflavine), anthraquinones (e.g., anthraquinone), squaliums (e.g., squalium) and coumarins (e.g., 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumaxin).
-
- In formula IX, A1 represents a sulfur atom or -NR50-; and R50 is an alkyl or aryl group; L2 is a non-metallic atomic group which forms, together with the neighboring A1 and the neighboring carbon atom, the basic nucleus of the dye. R51 and R52 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metallic atomic group, and may bond together to form the acidic nucleus of the dye. W is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- In formula X, Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently an aryl group, and are linked through -L3-. Here, -L3- represents -O- or -S-. W is the same as in general formula IX.
- In formula XI, A2 represents a sulfur atom or -NR59-, and L4 is a non-metallic atomic group which forms, together with the neighboring A2 and carbon atom, the basic nucleus of the dye. R53, R54, R55, R56, R57 and R58 are each independently a monovalent non-metallic atomic group, and R59 is an alkyl or aryl group.
- In formula XII, A3 and A4 each independently represent -S-, -NR62- or -NR63-; R62 and R63 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; L5 and L6 are each independently a non-metallic atomic group which forms, together with the neighboring A3 and A4 and the neighboring carbon atom, the basic nucleus of the dye; and R60 and R61 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metallic atomic group, or may bond together to form an aliphatic or aromatic ring.
- In formula XIII, R66 is an aromatic ring or hetero ring which may be substituted; and A5 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or -NR67-. R64, R65 and R67 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent non-metallic atomic group, and R67 may bond with R69 and R65 may bond with R67 to form, respectively, an aliphatic or aromatic ring.
-
- It is also desirable to add to the ink and/or undercoat liquid, as a co-sensitizer, a known compound which acts to, for example, further enhance the sensitivity or suppress the inhibition of polymerization by oxygen.
- Exemplary co-sensitizers include compounds mentioned in, for example, M.R. Sander et al.: Journal of );
JP 44-20189 B JP 51-82102 A JP 52-134692 A JP 59-138205 A JP 60-84305 A JP 62-18537 A JP 64-33104 A - Other exemplary co-sensitizers include the thiol compounds mentioned in
JP 53-702 A JP 55-500806 B JP 5-142772 A JP 56-75643 A - Still further examples include amino acid compounds (e.g., N-phenylglycine), the organometallic compounds mentioned in
JP 48-42965 B JP 55-34414 B JP 6-308727 A JP 6-250387 A JP 8-65779 A - At least the ink, or both the ink and the undercoat liquid, include at least one colorant. Colorants may be included not only in the ink, but also in the undercoat liquid and in other liquids.
- The colorants used are not subject to any particular limitation, and may be suitably selected from among, for example, known water-soluble dyes, oil-soluble dyes and pigments. Of these, in cases where the ink and the undercoat liquid are composed of water-insoluble organic solvent systems capable of suitably achieving the advantages obtainable with embodiments of the invention, it is preferable for the colorant to be an oil-soluble dye or a pigment which can be easily dispersed or dissolved uniformly in the water-insoluble medium.
- The colorant content of the ink is preferably from 1 to 30 wt%, more preferably from 1.5 to 25 wt%, and most preferably from 2 to 15 wt%. When a white pigment is included as a colorant in the undercoat liquid, the colorant content in the undercoat liquid is preferably from 2 to 45 wt%, and more preferably from 4 to 35 wt%.
- Pigments suitable for use in embodiments of the invention are described below.
- The use of a pigment as the colorant is preferred.
- The pigment used may be either an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. Preferred black pigments include carbon black pigments. Black pigments and pigments in the three primary colors of cyan, magenta and yellow are generally used. Pigments having other hues, such as red, green, blue, brown and white; metal luster pigments such as those of gold and silver colors; and colorless or light-colored extender pigments may also be used according to the intended purpose.
- Organic pigments are not limited as to their hue. Exemplary organic pigments include perylene, perinone, quinacridone, quinacridonequinone, anthraquinone, anthanthrone, benzimidazolone, disazo condensation, disazo, azo, indanthrone, phthalocyanine, triarylcarbonium, dioxazine, aminoanthraquinone, diketopyrrolopyrrole, thioindigo, isoindoline, isoindolinone, pyranthrone, isoviolanthrone pigments and mixtures thereof.
- Specific examples include perylene pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 190 (C.I. No. 71140), C.I. Pigment Red 224 (C.X. No. 71127) and C.I. Pigment Violet 29 (C.I. No. 71129); perinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 43 (C.I. No. 71105) and C.I. Pigment Red 194 (C.I. No. 71100); quinacridone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 19 (C.I. No. 73900), C.I. Pigment Violet 42, C.I. Pigment Red 122 (C.I. No. 73915), C.I.
Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 202 (C.I. No. 73907), C.I. Pigment Red 207 (C.I. No. 73900, 73906) and C.I. Pigment Red 209 (C.I. No. 73905); quinacridonequinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 206 (C.I. No. 73900/73920), C.I. Pigment Orange 48 (C.I. No. 73900/73920) and C.I. Pigment Orange 49 (C.I. No. 73900/73920); anthraquinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 147 (C.I. No. 60645); anthanthrone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 168 (C.I. No. 59300); benzimidazolone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Brown 25 (C.I. No. 12510), C.I. Pigment Violet 32 (C.I. No. 12517), C.I. Pigment Yellow 180 (C.I. No. 21290), C.I. Pigment Yellow 181 (C.I. No. 11777), C.I. Pigment Orange 62 (C.I. No. 11775) and C.I. Pigment Red 185 (C.I. No. 12516); disazo condensation pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 93 (C.I. No. 20710), C.I. Pigment Yellow 94 (C.I. No. 20038), C.I. Pigment Yellow 95 (C.I. No. 20034), C.I. Pigment Yellow 128 (C.I. No. 20037), C.T. Pigment Yellow 166 (C.I. No. 20035), C.I. Pigment Orange 34 (C.I. No. 21115), C.I. Pigment Orange 13 (C.I. No. 21110), C.I. Pigment Orange 31 (C.I. No. 20050), C.I. Pigment Red 144 (C.I. No. 20735), C.I. Pigment Red 166 (C.1, No. 20730), C.I. Pigment Red 220 (C.I. No. 20055), C.I. Pigment Red 221 (C.I. No. 20065), C.I. Pigment Red 242 (C.I. No. 20067), C.I. Pigment Red 248, C.I. Pigment Red 262 and C.I. Pigment Brown 23 (C.I. No. 20060); disazo pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 13 (C.I. No. 21100), C.I. Pigment Yellow 83 (C.I. No. 21108) and C.I. Pigment Yellow 188 (C.I. No. 21094); azo pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 187 (C.I. No. 12486), C.I. Pigment Red 170 (C.I. No. 12475), C.I. Pigment Yellow 74 (C.I. No. 11714), C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 (C.I. No. 48545), C.I. Pigment Red 48 (C.I. No. 15865), C.I. Pigment Red 53 (C.I. No. 15585), C.I. Pigment Orange 64 (C.I. No. 12760) and C.I. Pigment Red 247 (C.I. No. 15915); indanthrone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 60 (C.I. No. 69800); phthalocyanine pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7 (C.I. No. 74260), C.I. Pigment Green 36 (C.I. No. 74265), C.I. Pigment Green 37 (C.I. No. 74255), C.I. Pigment Blue 16 (C.I. No. 74100), C.I. Pigment Blue 75 (C.I. No. 74160:2) and 15 (C.I. No. 74160); triarylcarbonium pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 56 (C.I. No. 42800) and C.I. Pigment Blue 61 (C.I. No. 42765:1); dioxazine pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 23 (C.I. No. 51319) and C.I. Pigment Violet 37 (C.I. No. 51345); aminoanthraquinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 177 (C.I. No. 65300); diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 254 (C.I. No. 56110), C.I. Pigment Red 255 (C.I. No. 561050), C.I. Pigment Red 264, C.I. Pigment Red 272 (C.I. No. 561150), C.I. Pigment Orange 71 and C.I. Pigment Orange 73; thioindigo pigments such as C.I. Pigment Red 88 (C.I. No. 73312); isoindoline pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 (C.I. No. 56298) and C.I. Pigment Orange 66 (C.I. No. 48210); isoindolinone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Yellow 109 (C.I. No. 56284) and C.I. Pigment Orange 61 (C.I. No. 11295); pyranthrone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 40 (C.I. No. 59700) and C.I. Pigment Red 216 (C.I. No. 59710); and isoviolanthrone pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 31 (C.I. No. 60010). - A combination of two or more organic pigments or organic pigment solid solutions may be used for the colorant.
- In addition, any of the following may be used: particles composed of a core of e.g., silica, alumina or resin on the surface of which is fixed a dye or pigment, dyes that have been rendered into insoluble lakes, colored emulsions, and colored latexes. Resin-coated pigments may also be used. These are called microencapsulated pigments, and are commercially available from, for example, Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc. and Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
- For a good balance of optical density and storage stability, the volume-average particle size of the pigment particles included in the liquid is preferably in a range of from 10 to 250 nm, and more preferably from 50 to 200 nm. Here, the volume-average particle size of the pigment particles may be measured by a particle size distribution analyzer such as the LB-500 manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.
- A single colorant may be used alone or two or more colorants may be used in admixture. Differing colorants may be used for the respective droplets and liquids that are deposited, or the same colorant may be used.
- Known additives and ingredients other than those described above may also be used in the ink and/or undercoat liquid in accordance with the intended purpose.
- It is preferable to add a storage stabilizer to the ink and undercoat liquid (especially the ink) in order to inhibit undesirable polymerization during storage. It is desirable for the storage stabilizer to be used in the presence of a polymerizable or crosslinkable material. Also, it is advantageous for the storage stabilizer to be soluble in the droplet or liquid which includes it or in another ingredient present therein.
- Exemplary storage stabilizers include quaternary ammonium salts, hydroxylamines, cyclic amides, nitriles, substituted ureas, heterocyclic compounds, organic acids, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monoethers, organic phosphines and copper compounds. Specific examples include benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, diethylhydroxylamine, benzothiazole, 4-amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, citric acid, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, hydroquinone monobutyl ether and copper naphthenate.
- It is preferable to suitably adjust the amount of storage stabilizer added based on the activity and polymerizability of the polymerization initiator or the polymerizability of the crosslinkable material, and on the type of storage stabilizer. However, for a good balance of storage stability and curability, it is advantageous to set the solids equivalent of the storage stabilizer in the liquid to from 0.005 to 1 wt%, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5 wt%, and even more preferably from 0.01 to 0.2 wt%.
- Conductive salts are solid compounds which enhance the electrical conductivity. In the practice of the invention, owing to the concern that deposition may occur during storage, it is preferable for substantially no conductive salt to be used. However, in cases where the solubility is good because the solubility of the conductive salt has been increased or a conductive salt having a high solubility in the liquid component is used, a suitable amount of conductive salt may be added.
- Exemplary conductive salts include potassium thiocyanate, lithium nitrate, ammonium thiocyanate and dimethylamine hydrochloride.
- In embodiments of the invention, a known solvent may be used if necessary. The solvent may be used for such purposes as to improve the polarity, viscosity and surface tension of the liquid (ink), to improve the solubility or dispersibility of the colored material, to adjust the electrical conductivity, and to adjust the printability.
- For quick-drying properties and to record high-quality images having uniform line widths, it is preferable that the solvent be a water-insoluble liquid which contains no aqueous medium. Hence, a composition which uses a high-boiling organic solvent is desirable.
- It is preferable for the high-boiling organic solvent to have an excellent compatibility with the components of the liquid, especially the monomer.
- Specific examples of preferred solvents include tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether and diethylene glycol monobenzyl ether.
- Known solvents also include low-boiling organic solvents with boiling points of up to 100°C. However, owing to concerns over the adverse effects of solvents on curability and taking into account also environmental contamination by low-boiling organic solvents, it is desirable not to use such solvents. If a low-boiling organic solvent is used, the solvent is preferably a highly safe solvent. A "highly safe solvent" refers herein to a solvent having a high control level (the "control level" is an indicator used in the Working Environment Evaluation Standards issued by the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare) of preferably at least 100 ppm, and more preferably at least 200 ppm. Exemplary solvents of this type are alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers and hydrocarbons. Specific examples include methanol, 2-butanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate and tetrahydrofuran.
- The solvent may be used singly or as combinations of two or more. When water and/or a low-boiling organic solvent are used, the amount in which both are used is preferably from 0 to 20 wt%, and more preferably from 0 to 10 wt%, based on each liquid (ink or undercoat liquid). The substantial absence of such solvents is especially preferred. The substantial absence of water in the ink and undercoat liquid used in embodiments of the invention improves stability over time with respect to clouding of the liquid caused by, for example, a loss of homogeneity and dye deposition over time, and is also able to increase dryability when used on an impermeable or a slowly permeable recording medium. Here, "substantial absence" signifies that the presence of such solvent as an inadvertent impurity is allowable.
- Use can also be made of known additives such as polymers, surface tension adjusters, ultraviolet light absorbers, antioxidants, discoloration inhibitors and pH adjusters.
- Known compounds may be suitably selected and used as the surface tension adjusters, ultraviolet light absorbers, antioxidants, discoloration inhibitors and pH adjusters. For example, use may be made of the additives mentioned in
JP 2001- 181549 A - In addition to the above, a pair of compounds which, when mixed, react to form an agglomerate or thicken may be separately included in the ink and undercoat liquid in embodiments of the invention. This pair of compounds has the characteristic of either rapidly forming an agglomerate or rapidly thickening the liquid, thereby more effectively inhibiting the coalescence of mutually neighboring droplets.
- Examples of reactions between the pair of compounds include acid-base reactions, hydrogen bonding reactions between a carboxylic acid and an amide group-bearing compound, crosslinking reactions such as between boronic acid and a diol, and reactions involving electrostatic interactions between cations and anions.
- Although embodiments of the ink-jet recording device of the present invention have been described for illustrative purposes, those skilled in the art will appreciate that various modifications and improvements are possible without departing from the scope of the invention as disclosed in the accompanying claims.
Claims (10)
- An ink-jet recording device comprising:transport means (12) for transporting a recording medium;undercoating liquid applying means (13) for applying an undercoating liquid to said recording medium transported by said transport means; andimage forming means (16) that is disposed downstream of said undercoating liquid applying means in a direction of travel by the recording medium, and has an ink-jet head (48) which ejects an ink containing at least a colorant to form an image on said recording medium to which said undercoating liquid has been applied;wherein said undercoating liquid applying means has a coating roll (60) for applying the undercoating liquid to the recording medium, and a drive unit (62) which rotates said coating roll in a direction opposite to the direction in which said transport means transports the recording medium;
characterized in that said drive unit (62) rotates said coating roll (60) so as to satisfy a condition
0.5 ≤ W/V ≤ 5.0, where V is a velocity of travel in millimeters per second by said recording medium when passing through a position in proximity to said undercoating liquid applying means and W is a circumferential velocity in millimeters per second of said coating roll. - The ink-jet recording device of claim 1, wherein said coating roll has on a surface thereof recessed features which retain the undercoating liquid.
- The ink-jet recording device of either of claims 1 or 2, further comprising positioning means (68) which is disposed upstream or downstream or both upstream and downstream of said coating roll and on a side of the recording medium opposite to a side to be coated with said undercoating liquid, and which supports said recording medium from the side opposite to the side to be coated with said undercoating liquid.
- The ink-jet recording device of any one of claims 1 to 3,
wherein said undercoating liquid is a liquid which cures on exposure to active energy rays, said device further comprising undercoating liquid semi-curing means (14) which is disposed on a downstream side of said undercoating liquid applying means in the direction of travel by the recording medium, and which irradiates with active energy rays the undercoating liquid coated onto said recording medium so as to semi-cure the undercoating liquid coated onto said recording medium. - The ink-jet recording device of claim 4,
wherein a travel distance X and a travel velocity V satisfy a relation X ≤ 5V, where X is the travel distance in millimeters that said recording medium is transported by said transport means from an undercoating liquid applying position where said undercoating liquid applying means applies the undercoating liquid to an irradiation position where the undercoating liquid is irradiated with the active energy rays emitted by said undercoating liquid semi-curing means, and V is the velocity of travel in millimeters per second by the recording medium between said undercoating liquid applying position and said irradiation position owing to said transport means. - The ink-jet recording device of claim 5, further comprising:said undercoating liquid applying means is arranged to apply said undercoating liquid to be cured by exposure to active energy rays onto one side of said recording medium which is transported by said transport means; undercoating liquid semi-curing means which is disposed downstream of said undercoating liquid applying means in a direction of travel by said recording medium; wherein said undercoating liquid applying means is arranged to apply said undercoating liquid to be cured by exposure to active energy rays onto one side of said recording medium which is transported by said transport means;said undercoating liquid semi-curing means is arranged to irradiate with the active energy rays said recording medium to which the undercoating liquid has been applied, thereby semi-curing the undercoating liquid applied to said recording medium;said image forming means is disposed downstream of said undercoating liquid semi-curing means in the direction of travel by the recording medium; andsaid ink-jet head of said image-forming means is arranged to eject an ink containing at least a colorant to form an image on said recording medium to which the undercoating liquid has been applied and semi-cured.
- The ink-jet recording device of any one of claims 5 or 6, further comprising shielding means which is disposed between said undercoating liquid applying means and said undercoating liquid semi-curing means, and shields against the active energy rays which are irradiated from said undercoating liquid semi-curing means toward said undercoating liquid applying means.
- The ink-jet recording device of any one of claims 1 to 7,
wherein the ink ejected from said ink-jet head is an ink which cures on exposure to the active energy rays, and wherein said image forming means further has image curing means (52) which irradiates with the active energy rays the image formed on said recording medium and thereby cures the ink constituting said image. - The ink-jet recording device of claim 8, wherein said image forming means has at least two ink-jet heads which eject inks of differing colors, said device further comprising ink semi-curing means which is disposed between said at least two ink-jet heads, and semi-cures ink constituting an image formed by one of said at least two ink-jet heads disposed upstream from said ink semi-curing means in the direction of travel by the recording medium.
- The ink-jet recording device of any one of claims 1 to 9,
wherein said undercoating liquid includes a radical-polymerizable composition.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2007023146 | 2007-02-01 | ||
JP2007023024 | 2007-02-01 | ||
JP2007088230A JP4934473B2 (en) | 2007-02-01 | 2007-03-29 | Inkjet recording device |
JP2007091286A JP4934475B2 (en) | 2007-02-01 | 2007-03-30 | Inkjet recording device |
Publications (3)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP1952998A2 EP1952998A2 (en) | 2008-08-06 |
EP1952998A3 EP1952998A3 (en) | 2008-09-10 |
EP1952998B1 true EP1952998B1 (en) | 2011-04-06 |
Family
ID=39186738
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP08001909A Ceased EP1952998B1 (en) | 2007-02-01 | 2008-02-01 | Ink-jet recording device |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1952998B1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE102008054236A1 (en) * | 2008-10-31 | 2010-05-12 | Düspohl Maschinenbau Gmbh | Method for producing strip-shaped decorative material |
BE1019567A3 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2012-08-07 | Mutoh Belgium Nv | DEVICE FOR AFTER TREATMENT OF MEDIA PRINTED WITH INK-JET. |
JP6135103B2 (en) * | 2012-11-26 | 2017-05-31 | 株式会社リコー | Image forming apparatus |
PL3415316T3 (en) | 2017-06-13 | 2020-10-05 | Hymmen GmbH Maschinen- und Anlagenbau | Method and device for producing a structured surface |
DE102019206431A1 (en) | 2019-05-03 | 2020-11-05 | Hymmen GmbH Maschinen- und Anlagenbau | Method for producing a structure on a surface |
Family Cites Families (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3987037A (en) | 1971-09-03 | 1976-10-19 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Chromophore-substituted vinyl-halomethyl-s-triazines |
DE2641100C2 (en) | 1976-09-13 | 1987-02-26 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | Light-sensitive mixture |
DE2718259C2 (en) | 1977-04-25 | 1982-11-25 | Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt | Radiation-sensitive mixture |
JPS55118030A (en) | 1979-03-06 | 1980-09-10 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Photopolymerizable composition |
DE3021599A1 (en) | 1980-06-09 | 1981-12-24 | Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt | 2- (HALOGENMETHYL-PHENYL) -4-HALOGENOXAZOL DERIVATIVES, A METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND MEASURES CONTAINING THE RADIATION-SENSITIVITY |
DE3021590A1 (en) | 1980-06-09 | 1981-12-17 | Hoechst Ag, 6000 Frankfurt | 4-HALOGEN-5- (HALOGENMETHYL-PHENYL) -OXAZOLE DERIVATIVES, A METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR RADIO-SENSITIVE MEASURES |
ATE9811T1 (en) | 1980-07-14 | 1984-10-15 | Akzo N.V. | A BLOCKED CATALYST-CONTAINING THERMOCABLE COATING COMPOSITION. |
JPS5753747A (en) | 1980-09-17 | 1982-03-30 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Photopolymerizing composition |
US4371605A (en) | 1980-12-09 | 1983-02-01 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Photopolymerizable compositions containing N-hydroxyamide and N-hydroxyimide sulfonates |
US4431774A (en) | 1981-09-14 | 1984-02-14 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Process for the curing of stoving lacquers |
US4434652A (en) | 1982-01-18 | 1984-03-06 | The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company | Automated tire measurement techniques |
EP0101122B1 (en) | 1982-08-09 | 1986-06-18 | Akzo N.V. | Thermosetting coating composition containing a blocked acid as catalyst |
JPS59174831A (en) | 1983-03-24 | 1984-10-03 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Photopolymerizable composition |
DE3333450A1 (en) | 1983-09-16 | 1985-04-11 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | CARBONYL METHYLENE HETEROCYCLES CONTAINING TRIHALOGEN METHYL GROUPS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND LIGHT-SENSITIVE MIXTURE THAT CONTAINS THESE COMPOUNDS |
DE3337024A1 (en) | 1983-10-12 | 1985-04-25 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | LIGHT SENSITIVE COMPOUNDS HAVING TRICHLORMETHYL GROUPS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND LIGHT SENSITIVE MIXTURE CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS |
GB8413395D0 (en) | 1984-05-25 | 1984-07-04 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Production of images |
EP0199672B1 (en) | 1985-04-12 | 1988-06-01 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Oxime sulphonates containing reactive groups |
JPH0766185B2 (en) | 1985-09-09 | 1995-07-19 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive composition |
JP2582578B2 (en) | 1987-07-14 | 1997-02-19 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition |
JP2661671B2 (en) | 1989-03-20 | 1997-10-08 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Pattern forming material and pattern forming method using the same |
JPH04365048A (en) | 1991-06-12 | 1992-12-17 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Photosensitive composition material |
JPH05281728A (en) | 1992-04-01 | 1993-10-29 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Photopolymerizable composition |
JP2003010750A (en) * | 2001-06-27 | 2003-01-14 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Coater and method of manufacturing coated material |
JP2003011341A (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2003-01-15 | Konica Corp | Ink jet recording method |
JP2004042525A (en) | 2002-07-15 | 2004-02-12 | Konica Minolta Holdings Inc | Inkjet printer and image forming method |
JP4827450B2 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2011-11-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image forming method and image forming apparatus |
JP4907419B2 (en) * | 2006-06-21 | 2012-03-28 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Inkjet recording method and inkjet recording apparatus |
-
2008
- 2008-02-01 EP EP08001909A patent/EP1952998B1/en not_active Ceased
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP1952998A2 (en) | 2008-08-06 |
EP1952998A3 (en) | 2008-09-10 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP1905611B1 (en) | Ink-jet recording method and ink-jet recording device | |
EP2042243B1 (en) | Ink-jet recording device | |
US8240808B2 (en) | Ink-jet head maintenance device, ink-jet recording device and ink-jet head maintenance method | |
EP1870247B1 (en) | Ink jet recording method and ink jet recording device | |
EP1902849B1 (en) | Ink jet recording method and ink jet recording device | |
US20080184930A1 (en) | Ink-jet recording device | |
JP4907413B2 (en) | Inkjet recording method and inkjet recording apparatus | |
EP1905610B1 (en) | Ink jet recording method and device | |
JP2008246837A (en) | Inkjet recording method, and inkjet recording apparatus | |
JP4966710B2 (en) | Inkjet recording apparatus and inkjet recording method | |
EP1952998B1 (en) | Ink-jet recording device | |
JP4843518B2 (en) | Inkjet head maintenance apparatus, inkjet head, inkjet recording apparatus, and inkjet head maintenance method | |
JP4934473B2 (en) | Inkjet recording device | |
JP2009006544A (en) | Recorded medium and ink jet recording device | |
JP2008213451A (en) | Undercoating liquid, inkjet recording method and inkjet recording device | |
JP2008188932A (en) | Apparatus for maintenance of inkjet head, inkjet head, inkjet recording apparatus, and method for maintenance of inkjet head | |
JP4934475B2 (en) | Inkjet recording device | |
JP2008238710A (en) | Inkjet recording device | |
JP2008213450A (en) | Undercoating liquid, inkjet recording method and inkjet recording device | |
JP2008213449A (en) | Undercoating liquid, inkjet recording method and inkjet recording device | |
JP2008213448A (en) | Undercoating liquid, inkjet recording method and inkjet recording device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A2 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Extension state: AL BA MK RS |
|
PUAL | Search report despatched |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009013 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A3 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Extension state: AL BA MK RS |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20090218 |
|
17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20090401 |
|
AKX | Designation fees paid |
Designated state(s): DE GB |
|
GRAP | Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1 |
|
GRAS | Grant fee paid |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3 |
|
GRAA | (expected) grant |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: B1 Designated state(s): DE GB |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: GB Ref legal event code: FG4D |
|
REF | Corresponds to: |
Ref document number: 602008005940 Country of ref document: DE Date of ref document: 20110519 Kind code of ref document: P |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R096 Ref document number: 602008005940 Country of ref document: DE Effective date: 20110519 |
|
PLBE | No opposition filed within time limit |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT |
|
26N | No opposition filed |
Effective date: 20120110 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R097 Ref document number: 602008005940 Country of ref document: DE Effective date: 20120110 |
|
PGFP | Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: GB Payment date: 20180131 Year of fee payment: 11 Ref country code: DE Payment date: 20180117 Year of fee payment: 11 |
|
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: DE Ref legal event code: R119 Ref document number: 602008005940 Country of ref document: DE |
|
GBPC | Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee |
Effective date: 20190201 |
|
PG25 | Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo] |
Ref country code: DE Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20190903 Ref country code: GB Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES Effective date: 20190201 |